vbatts
/
grub
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Releases Wiki Activity

Merge mainline into emu-modload

This commit is contained in:
Vladimir 'phcoder' Serbinenko 2010-04-10 01:25:46 +02:00
parent abac2bf4db 47822096b5
commit a29e902132
221 changed files with 25351 additions and 6226 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

8
.bzrignore
View File

@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ docs/version.texi
*.exec
genkernsyms.sh
gensymlist.sh
gentrigtables
grub-bin2h
grub-dumpbios
grub-editenv
grub-emu
@ -40,8 +42,13 @@ grub-pe2elf
grub-probe
grub_probe_init.c
grub_probe_init.h
grub-reboot
grub-script-check
grub_script_check_init.c
grub_script_check_init.h
grub_script.tab.c
grub_script.tab.h
grub-set-default
grub-setup
grub_setup_init.c
grub_setup_init.h
@ -62,4 +69,5 @@ stamp-h
stamp-h1
stamp-h.in
symlist.c
trigtables.c
update-grub_lib

1262
ChangeLog
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

57
ChangeLog.emu-mod
View File

@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
2010-02-07 Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Compile parts of grub-emu as modules.
* Makefile.in (TARGET_CPPFLAGS) [emu]: Remove -nostdinc -isystem.
(pkglib_DATA) [emu]: Remove moddep.lst command.lst fs.lst
partmap.lst parttool.lst handler.lst video.lst crypto.lst terminal.lst.
(all-local): Add $(GRUB_EMU).
(install-local): Install $(GRUB_EMU).
(uninstall): Uninstall $(GRUB_EMU).
* commands/parttool.c: Replace GRUB_UTIL with GRUB_NO_MODULES.
* kern/dl.c: Likewise.
* commands/sleep.c: Not include machine/time.h.
* conf/any-emu.rmk (COMMON_LDFLAGS): New variable.
(COMMON_CFLAGS): Likewise.
(sbin_UTILITIES): Remove grub-emu.
(grub_emu_SOURCES): Removed.
(kernel_img_RELOCATABLE): New variable.
(pkglib_PROGRAMS): Add kernel.img.
(kernel_img_SOURCES): New variable
(kernel_img_CFLAGS): Likewise.
(kernel_img_LDFLAGS): Likewise.
(TARGET_NO_STRIP): Likewise.
(TARGET_NO_DYNAMIC_MODULES): Likewise.
(pkglib_MODULES): Add progname.mod, hostfs.mod, host.mod, reboot.mod,
halt.mod, cpuid.mod, usb.mod, sdl.mod and pci.mod.
(grub-emu): New target.
(GRUB_EMU): New variable.
* configure.ac: Whitelist -emu as possible x86_64 architecture.
* efiemu/main.c: Replace GRUB_UTIL with GRUB_MACHINE_EMU.
* loader/xnu.c: Likewise.
* include/grub/pci.h: Likewise.
* genemuinit.sh: New file.
* genemuinitheader.sh: Likewise.
* genmk.rb: Don't strip if TARGET_NO_STRIP is yes.
Support TARGET_NO_DYNAMIC_MODULES.
* include/grub/dl.h (GRUB_NO_MODULES): New variable.
* commands/search.c: Fix GRUB_MOD_INIT and GRUB_MOD_FINI arguments.
* disk/loopback.c: Likewise.
* font/font_cmd.c: Likewise.
* partmap/acorn.c: Likewise.
* partmap/amiga.c: Likewise.
* partmap/apple.c: Likewise.
* partmap/gpt.c: Likewise.
* partmap/msdos.c: Likewise.
* partmap/sun.c: Likewise.
* parttool/msdospart.c: Likewise.
* term/gfxterm.c: Likewise.
* video/bitmap.c: Likewise.
* video/readers/jpeg.c: Likewise.
* video/readers/png.c: Likewise.
* video/readers/tga.c: Likewise.
* video/video.c: Likewise.
* util/grub-emu.c (read_command_list): Removed.
(main): Don't call util_init_nls.
* util/misc.c (grub_err_printf) [!GRUB_UTIL]: Removed.
(grub_util_init_nls) [!GRUB_UTIL]: Likewise.

15
ChangeLog.ofwclock
View File

@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
2010-02-07 Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
* conf/powerpc-ieee1275.rmk (pkglib_MODULES): Add datetime.mod,
date.mod, datehook.mod.
(datetime_mod_SOURCES): New variable.
(datetime_mod_CFLAGS): Likewise.
(datetime_mod_LDFLAGS): Likewise.
(date_mod_SOURCES): Likewise.
(date_mod_CFLAGS): Likewise.
(date_mod_LDFLAGS): Likewise.
(datehook_mod_SOURCES): Likewise.
(datehook_mod_CFLAGS): Likewise.
(datehook_mod_LDFLAGS): Likewise.
* conf/sparc64-ieee1275.rmk: Likewise.
* lib/ieee1275/datetime.c: New file.

16
ChangeLog.ofwfb
View File

@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
2010-02-06 Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
* conf/powerpc-ieee1275.rmk (pkglib_MODULES): Add ieee1275_fb.mod.
(ieee1275_fb_mod_SOURCES): New variable.
(ieee1275_fb_mod_CFLAGS): Likewise.
(ieee1275_fb_mod_LDFLAGS): Likewise.
* include/grub/ieee1275/ieee1275.h (grub_ieee1275_devices_iterate):
New proto.
* kern/ieee1275/init.c (HEAP_MAX_SIZE): Increased.
(HEAP_MAX_ADDR): Likewise.
* kern/ieee1275/openfw.c (grub_children_iterate): Don't skip empty
type.
Correct stop condition.
(grub_ieee1275_devices_iterate): New function.
* video/ieee1275.c: New file.

5
INSTALL
View File

@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ configuring the GRUB.
* GCC 4.1.3 or later
* GNU Make
* GNU Bison 2.3 or later
* GNU gettext 0.17 or later
* GNU binutils 2.9.1.0.23 or later
* Other standard GNU/Unix tools
@ -25,6 +26,10 @@ need the following.
* Autoconf 2.60 or later
* Automake 1.10.1 or later
Prerequisites for make-check:
* qemu, specifically the binary 'qemu-system-i386'
Configuring the GRUB
====================

26
Makefile.in
View File

@ -80,6 +80,9 @@ LIBS = @LIBS@ $(LIBINTL)
CC = @CC@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
POSIX_CFLAGS = -I$(srcdir)/lib/posix_wrap
GNULIB_UTIL_CFLAGS = -Wno-undef -Wno-sign-compare -Wno-unused -D_GL_UNUSED="__attribute__ ((unused))" -I$(srcdir)/gnulib
GNULIB_CFLAGS = $(GNULIB_UTIL_CFLAGS) $(POSIX_CFLAGS)
ASFLAGS = @ASFLAGS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ $(LIBS)
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -I$(builddir) -I$(builddir)/include -I$(srcdir)/gnulib -I$(srcdir)/include -Wall -W \
@ -90,10 +93,8 @@ TARGET_ASFLAGS = -nostdinc -fno-builtin @TARGET_ASFLAGS@
TARGET_MODULE_FORMAT = @TARGET_MODULE_FORMAT@
TARGET_APPLE_CC = @TARGET_APPLE_CC@
OBJCONV = @OBJCONV@
TARGET_CPPFLAGS = @TARGET_CPPFLAGS@ -I$(srcdir)/include -I$(builddir) -I$(builddir)/include -Wall -W
ifneq ($(platform), emu)
TARGET_CPPFLAGS += -nostdinc -isystem $(shell $(TARGET_CC) -print-file-name=include)
endif
TARGET_CPPFLAGS = @TARGET_CPPFLAGS@ -I$(srcdir)/include -I$(builddir) -I$(builddir)/include \
-Wall -W
TARGET_LDFLAGS = -nostdlib @TARGET_LDFLAGS@
TARGET_IMG_LDSCRIPT = @TARGET_IMG_LDSCRIPT@
TARGET_IMG_LDFLAGS = -nostdlib @TARGET_IMG_LDFLAGS@
@ -119,6 +120,7 @@ LIBCURSES = @LIBCURSES@
LIBUSB = @LIBUSB@
LIBSDL = @LIBSDL@
LIBPCIACCESS = @LIBPCIACCESS@
LEX = @LEX@
YACC = @YACC@
FONT_SOURCE = @FONT_SOURCE@
@ -135,7 +137,7 @@ enable_efiemu = @enable_efiemu@
### General variables.
RMKFILES = $(wildcard conf/*.rmk)
RMKFILES = $(wildcard $(srcdir)/conf/*.rmk)
MKFILES = $(patsubst %.rmk,%.mk,$(RMKFILES))
@ -150,11 +152,13 @@ INFOS = $(info_INFOS)
CLEANFILES =
MOSTLYCLEANFILES =
DISTCLEANFILES = config.status config.cache config.log config.h \
Makefile stamp-h include/grub/cpu include/grub/machine \
Makefile stamp-h stamp-h1 include/grub/cpu include/grub/machine \
gensymlist.sh genkernsyms.sh build_env.mk \
docs/grub.info docs/version.texi docs/stamp-vti
MAINTAINER_CLEANFILES = $(srcdir)/configure $(addprefix $(srcdir)/,$(MKFILES)) \
MAINTAINER_CLEANFILES = $(srcdir)/configure $(srcdir)/aclocal.m4 \
$(MKFILES) $(srcdir)/config.guess \
$(srcdir)/config.sub $(srcdir)/install-sh $(srcdir)/missing \
$(srcdir)/DISTLIST $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in $(INFOS)
# The default target.
@ -249,6 +253,7 @@ else
ifeq ($(enable_grub_mkfont),yes)
pkgdata_DATA += unicode.pf2 ascii.pf2 ascii.h
CLEANFILES += ascii.bitmaps
# Arrows and lines are needed to draw the menu, so we always include them
UNICODE_ARROWS=0x2190-0x2193
@ -402,7 +407,6 @@ uninstall:
@list='$(lib_SCRIPTS)'; \
for file in $$list; do \
dest="`echo $$file | sed 's,.*/,,'`"; \
echo rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$dest; \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/grub/$$dest; \
done
@list='$(info_INFOS)'; \
@ -431,6 +435,8 @@ distclean: mostlyclean
maintainer-clean: distclean
-test -z "$(MAINTAINER_CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINER_CLEANFILES)
-rmdir $(srcdir)/lib/libgcrypt-grub/cipher
-rmdir $(srcdir)/lib/libgcrypt-grub
info:
@ -534,8 +540,8 @@ genkernsyms.sh: genkernsyms.sh.in config.status
$(SHELL) ./config.status
$(srcdir)/po/$(PACKAGE).pot: po/POTFILES po/POTFILES-shell
cd $(srcdir) && $(XGETTEXT) -ctranslate --from-code=utf-8 -o $@ -f $< --keyword=_ --keyword=N_
cd $(srcdir) && $(XGETTEXT) -ctranslate --from-code=utf-8 -o $@ -f po/POTFILES-shell -j --language=Shell
cd $(srcdir) && $(XGETTEXT) -ctranslate --from-code=utf-8 -o po/$(PACKAGE).pot -f po/POTFILES --keyword=_ --keyword=N_
cd $(srcdir) && $(XGETTEXT) -ctranslate --from-code=utf-8 -o po/$(PACKAGE).pot -f po/POTFILES-shell -j --language=Shell
$(foreach lang, $(LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/po/$(lang).po): po/$(PACKAGE).pot
$(MSGMERGE) -U $@ $^

4
NEWS
View File

@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
New in 1.98:
New in 1.98 - 2010-03-06:
* Multiboot on EFI support.
* Graphical menu support.

18
boot/i386/pc/boot.S
View File

@ -27,6 +27,7 @@
/* Print message string */
#define MSG(x) movw $x, %si; call LOCAL(message)
#define ERR(x) movw $x, %si; jmp LOCAL(error_message)
.file "boot.S"
@ -233,7 +234,7 @@ LOCAL(chs_mode):
jz LOCAL(floppy_probe)
/* Nope, we definitely have a hard disk, and we're screwed. */
jmp LOCAL(hd_probe_error)
ERR(hd_probe_error_string)
LOCAL(final_init):
/* set the mode to zero */
@ -360,22 +361,15 @@ LOCAL(copy_buffer):
* BIOS Geometry translation error (past the end of the disk geometry!).
*/
LOCAL(geometry_error):
MSG(geometry_error_string)
jmp LOCAL(general_error)
/*
* Disk probe failure.
*/
LOCAL(hd_probe_error):
MSG(hd_probe_error_string)
jmp LOCAL(general_error)
ERR(geometry_error_string)
/*
* Read error on the disk.
*/
LOCAL(read_error):
MSG(read_error_string)
movw $read_error_string, %si
LOCAL(error_message):
call LOCAL(message)
LOCAL(general_error):
MSG(general_error_string)

2
boot/sparc64/ieee1275/boot.S
View File

@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ prom_call:
boot_continue:
mov %o7, PIC_REG /* PIC base */
sethi %hi(SCRATCH_PAD), %l1 /* OF argument slots */
sethi %hi(SCRATCH_PAD_BOOT), %l1 /* OF argument slots */
/* Find the /chosen node so we can fetch the stdout handle,
* and thus perform console output.

4
boot/sparc64/ieee1275/diskboot.S
View File

@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ prom_call:
after_info_block:
sethi %hi(SCRATCH_PAD), %l1 /* OF argument slots */
sethi %hi(SCRATCH_PAD_DISKBOOT), %l1 /* OF argument slots */
GET_ABS(notification_string, %o2)
call console_write
@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ bootit:
mov NOTIFICATION_DONE_LEN, %o3
sethi %hi(GRUB_BOOT_MACHINE_IMAGE_ADDRESS), %o2
jmpl %o2 + %lo(GRUB_BOOT_MACHINE_IMAGE_ADDRESS), %o7
mov CIF_REG, %o0
mov CIF_REG, %o4
1: ba,a 1b
lastlist:

3
commands/blocklist.c
View File

@ -90,8 +90,7 @@ grub_cmd_blocklist (grub_command_t cmd __attribute__ ((unused)),
return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_DEVICE,
"this command is available only for disk devices");
if (file->device->disk->partition)
part_start = grub_partition_get_start (file->device->disk->partition);
part_start = grub_partition_get_start (file->device->disk->partition);
file->read_hook = read_blocklist;

2
commands/cat.c
View File

@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ grub_cmd_cat (grub_command_t cmd __attribute__ ((unused)),
file = grub_gzfile_open (args[0], 1);
if (! file)
return 0;
return grub_errno;
while ((size = grub_file_read (file, buf, sizeof (buf))) > 0
&& key != GRUB_TERM_ESC)

29
commands/i386/pc/drivemap_int13h.S
View File

@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
#include <grub/symbol.h>
#define INT13H_OFFSET(x) ((x) - EXT_C(grub_drivemap_handler))
#define INT13H_OFFSET(x) ((x) - LOCAL (base))
.code16
@ -27,6 +27,7 @@
/* The replacement int13 handler. Preserve all registers. */
FUNCTION(grub_drivemap_handler)
LOCAL (base):
/* Save %dx for future restore. */
push %dx
/* Push flags. Used to simulate interrupt with original flags. */
@ -35,12 +36,7 @@ FUNCTION(grub_drivemap_handler)
/* Map the drive number (always in DL). */
push %ax
push %bx
#ifdef APPLE_CC
grub_drivemap_mapstart_ofs = INT13H_OFFSET(EXT_C(grub_drivemap_mapstart))
movw $grub_drivemap_mapstart_ofs, %bx
#else
movw $INT13H_OFFSET(EXT_C(grub_drivemap_mapstart)), %bx
#endif
movw $INT13H_OFFSET(LOCAL (mapstart)), %bx
more_remaining:
movw %cs:(%bx), %ax
@ -66,12 +62,7 @@ not_found:
popf
pushf
#ifdef APPLE_CC
grub_drivemap_oldhandler_ofs = INT13H_OFFSET (EXT_C (grub_drivemap_oldhandler))
lcall *%cs:grub_drivemap_oldhandler_ofs
#else
lcall *%cs:INT13H_OFFSET (EXT_C (grub_drivemap_oldhandler))
#endif
lcall *%cs:INT13H_OFFSET (LOCAL (oldhandler))
push %bp
mov %sp, %bp
@ -94,11 +85,7 @@ norestore:
popf
pushf
#ifdef APPLE_CC
lcall *%cs:grub_drivemap_oldhandler_ofs
#else
lcall *%cs:INT13H_OFFSET (EXT_C (grub_drivemap_oldhandler))
#endif
lcall *%cs:INT13H_OFFSET (LOCAL (oldhandler))
push %bp
mov %sp, %bp
@ -111,9 +98,13 @@ norestore:
/* Far pointer to the old handler. Stored as a CS:IP in the style of real-mode
IVT entries (thus PI:SC in mem). */
VARIABLE(grub_drivemap_oldhandler)
LOCAL (oldhandler):
.word 0x0, 0x0
/* This label MUST be at the end of the copied block, since the installer code
reserves additional space for mappings at runtime and copies them over it. */
.align 2
.align 2
VARIABLE(grub_drivemap_mapstart)
LOCAL (mapstart):
.byte 0

134
commands/i386/pc/play.c
View File

@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
#include <grub/command.h>
#include <grub/i18n.h>
#define BASE_TEMPO 120
#define BASE_TEMPO (60 * GRUB_TICKS_PER_SECOND)
/* The speaker port. */
#define SPEAKER 0x61
@ -101,13 +101,13 @@
#define PIT_CTRL_COUNT_BINARY 0x00 /* 16-bit binary counter. */
#define PIT_CTRL_COUNT_BCD 0x01 /* 4-decade BCD counter. */
#define T_REST ((short) 0)
#define T_FINE ((short) -1)
#define T_REST ((grub_uint16_t) 0)
#define T_FINE ((grub_uint16_t) -1)
struct note
{
short pitch;
short duration;
grub_uint16_t pitch;
grub_uint16_t duration;
};
static void
@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ beep_off (void)
}
static void
beep_on (short pitch)
beep_on (grub_uint16_t pitch)
{
unsigned char status;
unsigned int counter;
@ -143,60 +143,111 @@ beep_on (short pitch)
grub_outb (status | SPEAKER_TMR2 | SPEAKER_DATA, SPEAKER);
}
/* Returns whether playing should continue. */
static int
play (unsigned tempo, struct note *note)
{
unsigned int to;
if (note->pitch == T_FINE || grub_checkkey () >= 0)
return 1;
grub_dprintf ("play", "pitch = %d, duration = %d\n", note->pitch,
note->duration);
switch (note->pitch)
{
case T_REST:
beep_off ();
break;
default:
beep_on (note->pitch);
break;
}
to = grub_get_rtc () + BASE_TEMPO * note->duration / tempo;
while (((unsigned int) grub_get_rtc () <= to) && (grub_checkkey () < 0))
;
return 0;
}
static grub_err_t
grub_cmd_play (grub_command_t cmd __attribute__ ((unused)),
int argc, char **args)
{
grub_file_t file;
struct note buf;
int tempo;
unsigned int to;
if (argc != 1)
return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_ARGUMENT, "file name required");
if (argc < 1)
return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_ARGUMENT, "file name or tempo and notes required");
file = grub_file_open (args[0]);
if (! file)
return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_FILE_NOT_FOUND, "file not found");
if (grub_file_read (file, &tempo, sizeof(tempo)) != sizeof(tempo))
if (file)
{
grub_file_close (file);
return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_FILE_READ_ERROR,
"file doesn't even contains a full tempo record");
}
struct note buf;
grub_uint32_t tempo;
grub_dprintf ("play","tempo = %d\n", tempo);
while (grub_file_read (file, &buf,
sizeof (struct note)) == sizeof (struct note)
&& buf.pitch != T_FINE && grub_checkkey () < 0)
{
grub_dprintf ("play", "pitch = %d, duration = %d\n", buf.pitch,
buf.duration);
switch (buf.pitch)
if (grub_file_read (file, &tempo, sizeof (tempo)) != sizeof (tempo))
{
case T_REST:
beep_off ();
break;
grub_file_close (file);
return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_FILE_READ_ERROR,
"file doesn't even contains a full tempo record");
}
default:
beep_on (buf.pitch);
tempo = grub_le_to_cpu32 (tempo);
grub_dprintf ("play","tempo = %d\n", tempo);
while (grub_file_read (file, &buf,
sizeof (struct note)) == sizeof (struct note))
{
buf.pitch = grub_le_to_cpu16 (buf.pitch);
buf.duration = grub_le_to_cpu16 (buf.duration);
if (play (tempo, &buf))
break;
}
to = grub_get_rtc () + BASE_TEMPO * buf.duration / tempo;
while (((unsigned int) grub_get_rtc () <= to) && (grub_checkkey () < 0))
;
grub_file_close (file);
}
else
{
char *end;
unsigned tempo;
struct note note;
int i;
tempo = grub_strtoul (args[0], &end, 0);
if (*end)
/* Was not a number either, assume it was supposed to be a file name. */
return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_FILE_NOT_FOUND, "file not found");
grub_dprintf ("play","tempo = %d\n", tempo);
for (i = 1; i + 1 < argc; i += 2)
{
note.pitch = grub_strtoul (args[i], &end, 0);
if (*end)
{
grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_NUMBER, "bogus pitch number");
break;
}
note.duration = grub_strtoul (args[i + 1], &end, 0);
if (*end)
{
grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_NUMBER, "bogus duration number");
break;
}
if (play (tempo, &note))
break;
}
}
beep_off ();
grub_file_close (file);
while (grub_checkkey () > 0)
grub_getkey ();
@ -208,7 +259,8 @@ static grub_command_t cmd;
GRUB_MOD_INIT(play)
{
cmd = grub_register_command ("play", grub_cmd_play,
N_("FILE"), N_("Play a tune."));
N_("FILE | TEMPO [PITCH1 DURATION1] [PITCH2 DURATION2] ... "),
N_("Play a tune."));
}
GRUB_MOD_FINI(play)

1
commands/i386/pc/vbetest.c
View File

@ -24,6 +24,7 @@
#include <grub/term.h>
#include <grub/machine/init.h>
#include <grub/machine/vbe.h>
#include <grub/video.h>
#include <grub/err.h>
#include <grub/i18n.h>

11
commands/loadenv.c
View File

@ -235,10 +235,8 @@ check_blocklists (grub_envblk_t envblk, struct blocklist *blocklists,
/* One more sanity check. Re-read all sectors by blocklists, and compare
those with the data read via a file. */
disk = file->device->disk;
if (disk->partition)
part_start = grub_partition_get_start (disk->partition);
else
part_start = 0;
part_start = grub_partition_get_start (disk->partition);
buf = grub_envblk_buffer (envblk);
for (p = blocklists, index = 0; p; index += p->length, p = p->next)
@ -268,10 +266,7 @@ write_blocklists (grub_envblk_t envblk, struct blocklist *blocklists,
buf = grub_envblk_buffer (envblk);
disk = file->device->disk;
if (disk->partition)
part_start = grub_partition_get_start (disk->partition);
else
part_start = 0;
part_start = grub_partition_get_start (disk->partition);
index = 0;
for (p = blocklists; p; index += p->length, p = p->next)

79
commands/regexp.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
/* regexp.c -- The regexp command. */
/*
* GRUB -- GRand Unified Bootloader
* Copyright (C) 2005,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*
* GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with GRUB. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <grub/dl.h>
#include <grub/misc.h>
#include <grub/mm.h>
#include <grub/command.h>
#include <regex.h>
static grub_err_t
grub_cmd_regexp (grub_command_t cmd __attribute__ ((unused)),
int argc, char **args)
{
int argn = 0;
int matches = 0;
regex_t regex;
int ret;
grub_size_t s;
char *comperr;
grub_err_t err;
if (argc != 2)
return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_ARGUMENT, "2 arguments expected");
ret = regcomp (&regex, args[0], RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK);
if (ret)
goto fail;
ret = regexec (&regex, args[1], 0, 0, 0);
if (!ret)
{
regfree (&regex);
return GRUB_ERR_NONE;
}
fail:
s = regerror (ret, &regex, 0, 0);
comperr = grub_malloc (s);
if (!comperr)
{
regfree (&regex);
return grub_errno;
}
regerror (ret, &regex, comperr, s);
err = grub_error (GRUB_ERR_TEST_FAILURE, "%s", comperr);
regfree (&regex);
grub_free (comperr);
return err;
}
static grub_command_t cmd;
GRUB_MOD_INIT(regexp)
{
cmd = grub_register_command ("regexp", grub_cmd_regexp,
"REGEXP STRING",
"Test if REGEXP matches STRING.");
}
GRUB_MOD_FINI(regexp)
{
grub_unregister_command (cmd);
}

11
commands/videotest.c
View File

@ -69,9 +69,9 @@ grub_cmd_videotest (grub_command_t cmd __attribute__ ((unused)),
color = grub_video_map_rgb (0, 255, 255);
grub_video_fill_rect (color, 100, 100, 100, 100);
sansbig = grub_font_get ("Helvetica Bold 24");
sans = grub_font_get ("Helvetica Bold 14");
sanssmall = grub_font_get ("Helvetica 8");
sansbig = grub_font_get ("Unknown Regular 16");
sans = grub_font_get ("Unknown Regular 16");
sanssmall = grub_font_get ("Unknown Regular 16");
fixed = grub_font_get ("Fixed 20");
if (! sansbig || ! sans || ! sanssmall || ! fixed)
return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT, "no font loaded");
@ -126,11 +126,6 @@ grub_cmd_videotest (grub_command_t cmd __attribute__ ((unused)),
grub_font_draw_string (str, fixed, color, 16, texty);
texty += grub_font_get_descent (fixed) + grub_font_get_leading (fixed);
/* Some character don't exist in the Helvetica font, so the font engine
will fall back to using glyphs from another font that does contain them.
TODO The font engine should be smart about selecting a replacement font
and prioritize fonts with similar sizes. */
texty += grub_font_get_ascent(sansbig);
grub_font_draw_string (str, sansbig, color, 16, texty);
texty += grub_font_get_descent (sansbig) + grub_font_get_leading (sansbig);

31
conf/any-emu.rmk
View File

@ -4,11 +4,10 @@ COMMON_CFLAGS += -nostdinc -isystem $(shell $(TARGET_CC) -print-file-name=includ
kernel_img_RELOCATABLE = yes
pkglib_PROGRAMS = kernel.img
kernel_img_SOURCES = kern/device.c kern/disk.c kern/dl.c kern/env.c \
kern/err.c kern/list.c kern/handler.c \
kern/command.c kern/corecmd.c kern/file.c \
kern/fs.c kern/main.c kern/misc.c kern/parser.c \
kern/partition.c kern/term.c \
kernel_img_SOURCES = kern/device.c kern/disk.c kern/dl.c kern/env.c \
kern/err.c kern/list.c kern/handler.c kern/command.c \
kern/corecmd.c kern/file.c kern/fs.c kern/main.c kern/misc.c \
kern/parser.c kern/partition.c kern/term.c \
kern/rescue_reader.c kern/rescue_parser.c \
\
util/console.c util/grub-emu.c util/misc.c \
@ -47,11 +46,29 @@ endif
grub_emu_LDFLAGS = $(LIBCURSES)
ifeq ($(enable_grub_emu_usb), yes)
pkglib_MODULES += libusb.mod
libusb_mod_SOURCES = util/usb.c
libusb_mod_CFLAGS =
libusb_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
# For usb.mod
pkglib_MODULES += usb.mod
usb_mod_SOURCES = disk/usbms.c util/usb.c bus/usb/usb.c \
commands/usbtest.c
usb_mod_SOURCES = bus/usb/usb.c
usb_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
usb_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
# For usbtest.mod
pkglib_MODULES += usbtest.mod
usbtest_mod_SOURCES = commands/usbtest.c
usbtest_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
usbtest_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
# For usbms.mod
pkglib_MODULES += usbms.mod
usbms_mod_SOURCES = disk/usbms.c
usbms_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
usbms_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
grub_emu_LDFLAGS += $(LIBUSB)
endif

108
conf/common.rmk
View File

@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ util/grub-probe.c_DEPENDENCIES = grub_probe_init.h
grub_probe_SOURCES = gnulib/progname.c util/grub-probe.c \
util/hostdisk.c util/misc.c util/getroot.c util/mm.c \
kern/device.c kern/disk.c kern/err.c kern/misc.c \
kern/parser.c kern/partition.c kern/file.c \
kern/parser.c kern/partition.c kern/file.c kern/list.c \
\
fs/affs.c fs/cpio.c fs/fat.c fs/ext2.c fs/hfs.c \
fs/hfsplus.c fs/iso9660.c fs/udf.c fs/jfs.c fs/minix.c \
@ -35,7 +35,8 @@ grub_probe_SOURCES = gnulib/progname.c util/grub-probe.c \
fs/ufs.c fs/ufs2.c fs/xfs.c fs/afs.c fs/afs_be.c \
fs/befs.c fs/befs_be.c fs/tar.c \
\
partmap/msdos.c partmap/apple.c partmap/sun.c partmap/gpt.c\
partmap/msdos.c partmap/bsdlabel.c partmap/apple.c \
partmap/sun.c partmap/sunpc.c partmap/gpt.c \
kern/fs.c kern/env.c fs/fshelp.c \
disk/raid.c disk/mdraid_linux.c disk/lvm.c grub_probe_init.c
@ -55,7 +56,7 @@ grub_mkisofs_SOURCES = util/mkisofs/eltorito.c \
gnulib/error.c gnulib/progname.c
grub_mkisofs_CFLAGS = -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 \
-I$(srcdir)/util/mkisofs/include \
-Wno-all -Werror
-Wno-all -Werror $(GNULIB_UTIL_CFLAGS)
# For grub-fstest.
util/grub-fstest.c_DEPENDENCIES = grub_fstest_init.h
@ -72,8 +73,8 @@ grub_fstest_SOURCES = gnulib/progname.c util/grub-fstest.c util/hostfs.c \
fs/ufs.c fs/ufs2.c fs/xfs.c fs/afs.c fs/afs_be.c fs/befs.c \
fs/befs_be.c fs/tar.c \
\
kern/partition.c partmap/msdos.c partmap/apple.c partmap/sun.c \
partmap/gpt.c \
kern/partition.c partmap/msdos.c partmap/bsdlabel.c \
partmap/apple.c partmap/sun.c partmap/sunpc.c partmap/gpt.c \
kern/fs.c kern/env.c fs/fshelp.c disk/raid.c \
disk/raid5_recover.c disk/raid6_recover.c \
disk/mdraid_linux.c disk/dmraid_nvidia.c disk/lvm.c \
@ -94,6 +95,11 @@ grub_mkrelpath_SOURCES = gnulib/progname.c util/grub-mkrelpath.c util/misc.c
bin_UTILITIES += grub-bin2h
grub_bin2h_SOURCES = gnulib/progname.c util/bin2h.c
# For the lexer.
grub_script.yy.c grub_script.yy.h: script/yylex.l
$(LEX) -o grub_script.yy.c --header-file=grub_script.yy.h $(srcdir)/script/yylex.l
DISTCLEANFILES += grub_script.yy.c grub_script.yy.h
# For grub-script-check.
bin_UTILITIES += grub-script-check
util/grub-script-check.c_DEPENDENCIES = grub_script_check_init.h
@ -101,8 +107,9 @@ grub_script_check_SOURCES = gnulib/progname.c gnulib/getdelim.c gnulib/getline.c
util/grub-script-check.c util/misc.c util/mm.c \
script/main.c script/script.c script/function.c script/lexer.c \
kern/handler.c kern/err.c kern/parser.c kern/list.c \
kern/misc.c kern/env.c grub_script_check_init.c grub_script.tab.c
kern/misc.c kern/env.c grub_script_check_init.c grub_script.tab.c \
grub_script.yy.c
grub_script_check_CFLAGS = $(GNULIB_UTIL_CFLAGS)
MOSTLYCLEANFILES += symlist.c kernel_syms.lst
DEFSYMFILES += kernel_syms.lst
@ -398,6 +405,16 @@ part_gpt_mod_SOURCES = partmap/gpt.c
part_gpt_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
part_gpt_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
pkglib_MODULES += part_bsd.mod
part_bsd_mod_SOURCES = partmap/bsdlabel.c
part_bsd_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
part_bsd_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
pkglib_MODULES += part_sunpc.mod
part_sunpc_mod_SOURCES = partmap/sunpc.c
part_sunpc_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
part_sunpc_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
# Special disk structures and generic drivers
pkglib_MODULES += raid.mod raid5rec.mod raid6rec.mod mdraid.mod dm_nv.mod \
@ -638,30 +655,32 @@ normal_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
# For sh.mod.
sh_mod_SOURCES = script/main.c script/script.c script/execute.c \
script/function.c script/lexer.c grub_script.tab.c
sh_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
script/function.c script/lexer.c grub_script.tab.c grub_script.yy.c
sh_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) $(POSIX_CFLAGS)
sh_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
ifneq (, $(FONT_SOURCE))
font/font.c_DEPENDENCIES = ascii.h
endif
# Common Video Subsystem specific modules.
pkglib_MODULES += video.mod videotest.mod bitmap.mod tga.mod jpeg.mod \
png.mod gfxterm.mod video_fb.mod
# On Yeeloong it's part of kernel
ifneq ($(platform), yeeloong)
# For video.mod.
pkglib_MODULES += video.mod
video_mod_SOURCES = video/video.c
video_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
video_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
pkglib_MODULES += video_fb.mod
video_fb_mod_SOURCES = video/fb/video_fb.c video/fb/fbblit.c \
video/fb/fbfill.c video/fb/fbutil.c
video_fb_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
video_fb_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
# For videotest.mod.
videotest_mod_SOURCES = commands/videotest.c
videotest_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
videotest_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
# For bitmap.mod
pkglib_MODULES += bitmap.mod
bitmap_mod_SOURCES = video/bitmap.c
bitmap_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
bitmap_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
@ -672,36 +691,46 @@ bitmap_scale_mod_SOURCES = video/bitmap_scale.c
bitmap_scale_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
bitmap_scale_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
# For tga.mod
tga_mod_SOURCES = video/readers/tga.c
tga_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
tga_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
# For jpeg.mod.
jpeg_mod_SOURCES = video/readers/jpeg.c
jpeg_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
jpeg_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
# For png.mod.
png_mod_SOURCES = video/readers/png.c
png_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
png_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
pkglib_MODULES += font.mod
ifneq (, $(FONT_SOURCE))
font/font.c_DEPENDENCIES = ascii.h
endif
font_mod_SOURCES = font/font_cmd.c font/font.c
font_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
font_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
# For gfxterm.mod.
pkglib_MODULES += gfxterm.mod
gfxterm_mod_SOURCES = term/gfxterm.c
gfxterm_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
gfxterm_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
endif
# For videotest.mod.
pkglib_MODULES += videotest.mod
videotest_mod_SOURCES = commands/videotest.c
videotest_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
videotest_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
# For tga.mod
pkglib_MODULES += tga.mod
tga_mod_SOURCES = video/readers/tga.c
tga_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
tga_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
# For jpeg.mod.
pkglib_MODULES += jpeg.mod
jpeg_mod_SOURCES = video/readers/jpeg.c
jpeg_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
jpeg_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
# For png.mod.
pkglib_MODULES += png.mod
png_mod_SOURCES = video/readers/png.c
png_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
png_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
# Misc.
pkglib_MODULES += gzio.mod bufio.mod elf.mod
pkglib_MODULES += gzio.mod elf.mod
# For elf.mod.
elf_mod_SOURCES = kern/elf.c
@ -713,10 +742,14 @@ gzio_mod_SOURCES = io/gzio.c
gzio_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
gzio_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
# On Yeeloong it's part of kernel
ifneq ($(platform), yeeloong)
# For bufio.mod.
pkglib_MODULES += bufio.mod
bufio_mod_SOURCES = io/bufio.c
bufio_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
bufio_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
endif
# For gettext.mod.
pkglib_MODULES += gettext.mod
@ -754,6 +787,11 @@ charset_mod_SOURCES = lib/charset.c
charset_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
charset_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
pkglib_MODULES += regexp.mod
regexp_mod_SOURCES = gnulib/regex.c commands/regexp.c
regexp_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) $(GNULIB_CFLAGS)
regexp_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
pkglib_MODULES += terminal.mod
terminal_mod_SOURCES = commands/terminal.c
terminal_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)

16
conf/i386-pc.rmk
View File

@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ kernel_img_SOURCES = kern/i386/pc/startup.S \
term/i386/pc/console.c term/i386/vga_common.c \
symlist.c
kernel_img_HEADERS += machine/biosdisk.h machine/vga.h machine/vbe.h \
machine/pxe.h i386/pit.h machine/init.h
machine/pxe.h i386/pit.h
kernel_img_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) $(TARGET_IMG_CFLAGS)
kernel_img_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS)
kernel_img_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS) $(TARGET_IMG_LDFLAGS)$(GRUB_KERNEL_MACHINE_LINK_ADDR) $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
@ -77,15 +77,17 @@ grub_setup_SOURCES = gnulib/progname.c \
util/i386/pc/grub-setup.c util/hostdisk.c \
util/misc.c util/getroot.c kern/device.c kern/disk.c \
kern/err.c kern/misc.c kern/parser.c kern/partition.c \
kern/file.c kern/fs.c kern/env.c fs/fshelp.c \
kern/file.c kern/fs.c kern/env.c kern/list.c \
fs/fshelp.c \
\
fs/affs.c fs/cpio.c fs/ext2.c fs/fat.c fs/hfs.c \
fs/hfsplus.c fs/iso9660.c fs/udf.c fs/jfs.c fs/minix.c \
fs/ntfs.c fs/ntfscomp.c fs/reiserfs.c fs/sfs.c \
fs/ufs.c fs/ufs2.c fs/xfs.c fs/afs.c fs/afs_be.c \
fs/affs.c fs/cpio.c fs/ext2.c fs/fat.c fs/hfs.c \
fs/hfsplus.c fs/iso9660.c fs/udf.c fs/jfs.c fs/minix.c \
fs/ntfs.c fs/ntfscomp.c fs/reiserfs.c fs/sfs.c \
fs/ufs.c fs/ufs2.c fs/xfs.c fs/afs.c fs/afs_be.c \
fs/befs.c fs/befs_be.c fs/tar.c \
\
partmap/msdos.c partmap/gpt.c \
partmap/msdos.c partmap/bsdlabel.c partmap/sunpc.c \
partmap/gpt.c \
\
disk/raid.c disk/mdraid_linux.c disk/lvm.c \
util/raid.c util/lvm.c util/mm.c \

8
conf/i386.rmk
View File

@ -33,17 +33,13 @@ setpci_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
setpci_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
pkglib_MODULES += multiboot.mod
multiboot_mod_SOURCES = loader/i386/multiboot.c \
loader/i386/multiboot_mbi.c \
loader/multiboot_loader.c
multiboot_mod_SOURCES = loader/multiboot.c loader/i386/multiboot_mbi.c
multiboot_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
multiboot_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
multiboot_mod_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS)
pkglib_MODULES += multiboot2.mod
multiboot2_mod_SOURCES = loader/i386/multiboot.c \
loader/i386/multiboot_mbi.c \
loader/multiboot_loader.c
multiboot2_mod_SOURCES = loader/multiboot.c loader/multiboot_mbi2.c
multiboot2_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) -DGRUB_USE_MULTIBOOT2
multiboot2_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
multiboot2_mod_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS)

9
conf/mips-yeeloong.rmk
View File

@ -4,7 +4,8 @@ target_machine=yeeloong
COMMON_CFLAGS += -march=mips3
COMMON_ASFLAGS += -march=mips3
kernel_img_HEADERS += pci.h
kernel_img_HEADERS += pci.h bitmap.h video.h gfxterm.h font.h bitmap_scale.h bufio.h
include $(srcdir)/conf/mips.mk
pkglib_IMAGES = kernel.img
@ -63,5 +64,11 @@ datetime_mod_SOURCES = lib/cmos_datetime.c
datetime_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
datetime_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
pkglib_MODULES += linux.mod
linux_mod_SOURCES = loader/$(target_cpu)/linux.c
linux_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
linux_mod_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS)
linux_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
sbin_SCRIPTS += grub-install
grub_install_SOURCES = util/grub-install.in

11
conf/mips.rmk
View File

@ -30,10 +30,11 @@ relocator_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
relocator_mod_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS)
relocator_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
pkglib_MODULES += linux.mod
linux_mod_SOURCES = loader/$(target_cpu)/linux.c
linux_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
linux_mod_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS)
linux_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
pkglib_MODULES += multiboot2.mod
multiboot2_mod_SOURCES = loader/multiboot.c \
loader/multiboot_mbi2.c
multiboot2_mod_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) -DGRUB_USE_MULTIBOOT2
multiboot2_mod_LDFLAGS = $(COMMON_LDFLAGS)
multiboot2_mod_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS)
include $(srcdir)/conf/common.mk

11
conf/sparc64-ieee1275.rmk
View File

@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ kernel_img_SOURCES = kern/sparc64/ieee1275/crt0.S kern/ieee1275/cmain.c \
symlist.c kern/$(target_cpu)/cache.S
kernel_img_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS)
kernel_img_ASFLAGS = $(COMMON_ASFLAGS)
kernel_img_LDFLAGS = -Wl,-N,-Ttext,0x200000,-Bstatic,-melf64_sparc -static-libgcc -lgcc
kernel_img_LDFLAGS = -nostdlib -Wl,-N,-Ttext,0x4400,-Bstatic,-melf64_sparc -static-libgcc -lgcc
kernel_img_FORMAT = binary
# Utilities.
@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ bin_UTILITIES = grub-mkimage
sbin_UTILITIES = grub-setup grub-ofpathname
# For grub-mkimage.
grub_mkimage_SOURCES = util/sparc64/ieee1275/grub-mkimage.c util/misc.c \
grub_mkimage_SOURCES = util/grub-mkrawimage.c util/misc.c \
util/resolve.c gnulib/progname.c
# For grub-setup.
@ -52,7 +52,8 @@ util/sparc64/ieee1275/grub-setup.c_DEPENDENCIES = grub_setup_init.h
grub_setup_SOURCES = util/sparc64/ieee1275/grub-setup.c util/hostdisk.c \
util/misc.c util/getroot.c kern/device.c kern/disk.c \
kern/err.c kern/misc.c kern/parser.c kern/partition.c \
kern/file.c kern/fs.c kern/env.c fs/fshelp.c \
kern/file.c kern/fs.c kern/env.c kern/list.c \
fs/fshelp.c \
\
fs/affs.c fs/cpio.c fs/ext2.c fs/fat.c fs/hfs.c \
fs/hfsplus.c fs/iso9660.c fs/udf.c fs/jfs.c fs/minix.c \
@ -60,8 +61,8 @@ grub_setup_SOURCES = util/sparc64/ieee1275/grub-setup.c util/hostdisk.c \
fs/ufs.c fs/ufs2.c fs/xfs.c fs/afs.c fs/afs_be.c \
fs/befs.c fs/befs_be.c fs/tar.c \
\
partmap/amiga.c partmap/apple.c partmap/msdos.c \
partmap/sun.c partmap/acorn.c \
partmap/amiga.c partmap/apple.c partmap/msdos.c \
partmap/bsdlabel.c partmap/sun.c partmap/acorn.c \
\
disk/raid.c disk/mdraid_linux.c disk/lvm.c \
util/raid.c util/lvm.c util/mm.c gnulib/progname.c \

45
conf/tests.rmk
View File

@ -37,12 +37,49 @@ example_scripted_test_SOURCES = tests/example_scripted_test.in
check_SCRIPTS += example_grub_script_test
example_grub_script_test_SOURCES = tests/example_grub_script_test.in
#
# Rules for real tests
#
check_SCRIPTS += grub_script_echo1
grub_script_echo1_SOURCES = tests/grub_script_echo1.in
check_SCRIPTS += grub_script_echo_keywords
grub_script_echo_keywords_SOURCES = tests/grub_script_echo_keywords.in
check_SCRIPTS += grub_script_vars1
grub_script_vars1_SOURCES = tests/grub_script_vars1.in
check_SCRIPTS += grub_script_for1
grub_script_for1_SOURCES = tests/grub_script_for1.in
check_SCRIPTS += grub_script_while1
grub_script_while1_SOURCES = tests/grub_script_while1.in
check_SCRIPTS += grub_script_if
grub_script_if_SOURCES = tests/grub_script_if.in
check_SCRIPTS += grub_script_blanklines
grub_script_blanklines_SOURCES = tests/grub_script_blanklines.in
check_SCRIPTS += grub_script_final_semicolon
grub_script_final_semicolon_SOURCES = tests/grub_script_final_semicolon.in
# List of tests to execute on "make check"
SCRIPTED_TESTS = example_scripted_test
SCRIPTED_TESTS += example_grub_script_test
UNIT_TESTS = example_unit_test
FUNCTIONAL_TESTS = example_functional_test.mod
# SCRIPTED_TESTS = example_scripted_test
# SCRIPTED_TESTS += example_grub_script_test
# UNIT_TESTS = example_unit_test
# FUNCTIONAL_TESTS = example_functional_test.mod
SCRIPTED_TESTS = grub_script_echo1
SCRIPTED_TESTS += grub_script_echo_keywords
SCRIPTED_TESTS += grub_script_vars1
SCRIPTED_TESTS += grub_script_for1
SCRIPTED_TESTS += grub_script_while1
SCRIPTED_TESTS += grub_script_if
SCRIPTED_TESTS += grub_script_blanklines
SCRIPTED_TESTS += grub_script_final_semicolon
# dependencies between tests and testing-tools
$(SCRIPTED_TESTS): grub-shell grub-shell-tester

42
configure.ac
View File

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ dnl (such as TARGET_CC, TARGET_CFLAGS, etc.) are used for the target
dnl type.
AC_INIT([GRUB],[1.97],[bug-grub@gnu.org])
AC_INIT([GRUB],[1.98],[bug-grub@gnu.org])
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE()
AC_PREREQ(2.60)
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([include/grub/dl.h])
@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ fi
case "$target_cpu" in
i[[3456]]86) target_cpu=i386 ;;
amd64) target_cpu=x86_64 ;;
sparc) target_cpu=sparc64 ;;
mipsel|mips64el)
target_cpu=mips;
@ -139,9 +140,14 @@ case "$platform" in
qemu) machine_CFLAGS="-DGRUB_MACHINE_QEMU=1" ;;
pc) machine_CFLAGS="-DGRUB_MACHINE_PCBIOS=1" ;;
emu) machine_CFLAGS="-DGRUB_MACHINE_EMU=1" ;;
yeeloong) machine_CFLAGS="-DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS_YEELOONG=1 -DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS=1 -DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS_BONITO=1" ;;
qemu-mips) machine_CFLAGS="-DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS_QEMU_MIPS=1 -DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS=1 -DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS_BONITO=1" ;;
yeeloong) machine_CFLAGS="-DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS_YEELOONG=1 -DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS_BONITO=1" ;;
qemu-mips) machine_CFLAGS="-DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS_QEMU_MIPS=1 -DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS_BONITO=1" ;;
esac
case "$target_cpu" in
mips) machine_CFLAGS="$machine_CFLAGS -DGRUB_MACHINE_MIPS=1" ;;
sparc64) machine_CFLAGS="$machine_CFLAGS -DGRUB_MACHINE_SPARC64=1" ;;
esac
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $machine_CFLAGS"
TARGET_ASFLAGS="$TARGET_ASFLAGS $machine_CFLAGS"
TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS $machine_CFLAGS"
@ -164,6 +170,11 @@ if test "x$CMP" = x; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([cmp is not found])
fi
AC_CHECK_PROGS([LEX], [flex])
if test "x$LEX" = x; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([flex is not found])
fi
AC_CHECK_PROGS([YACC], [bison])
if test "x$YACC" = x; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([bison is not found])
@ -519,6 +530,21 @@ enable_efiemu=no
fi
AC_SUBST([enable_efiemu])
if test "$platform" != emu; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether -nostdinc -isystem works], [grub_cv_cc_isystem], [
SAVED_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
CPPFLAGS="$TARGET_CPPFLAGS -nostdinc -isystem `$TARGET_CC -print-file-name=include`"
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <stdarg.h>
int va_arg_func (int fixed, va_list args);]], [[]])],
[grub_cv_cc_isystem=yes],
[grub_cv_cc_isystem=no])
CPPFLAGS="$SAVED_CPPFLAGS"
])
if test x"$grub_cv_cc_isystem" = xyes ; then
TARGET_CPPFLAGS="$TARGET_CPPFLAGS -nostdinc -isystem `$TARGET_CC -print-file-name=include`"
fi
fi
# Restore the flags.
CC="$tmp_CC"
@ -693,6 +719,16 @@ if test x"$grub_mkfont_excuse" = x ; then
freetype_cflags=`freetype-config --cflags`
freetype_libs=`freetype-config --libs`
fi
if test x"$grub_mkfont_excuse" = x ; then
# Check for freetype libraries.
SAVED_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $freetype_cflags"
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([ft2build.h], [],
[grub_mkfont_excuse=["need freetype2 headers"]])
CPPFLAGS="$SAVED_CPPFLAGS"
fi
if test x"$enable_grub_mkfont" = xyes && test x"$grub_mkfont_excuse" != x ; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([grub-mkfont was explicitly requested but can't be compiled])
fi

2
disk/efi/efidisk.c
View File

@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ grub_efidisk_get_device_name (grub_efi_handle_t *handle)
if (! disk)
return 1;
if (disk->id == GRUB_DISK_DEVICE_EFIDISK_ID)
if (disk->dev->id == GRUB_DISK_DEVICE_EFIDISK_ID)
{
struct grub_efidisk_data *d;

26
disk/ieee1275/ofdisk.c
View File

@ -172,16 +172,6 @@ grub_ofdisk_open (const char *name, grub_disk_t disk)
grub_dprintf ("disk", "Opening `%s'.\n", op->devpath);
grub_ieee1275_open (op->devpath, &dev_ihandle);
if (! dev_ihandle)
{
grub_error (GRUB_ERR_UNKNOWN_DEVICE, "can't open device");
goto fail;
}
grub_dprintf ("disk", "Opened `%s' as handle %p.\n", op->devpath,
(void *) (unsigned long) dev_ihandle);
if (grub_ieee1275_finddevice (op->devpath, &dev))
{
grub_error (GRUB_ERR_UNKNOWN_DEVICE, "can't read device properties");
@ -201,6 +191,16 @@ grub_ofdisk_open (const char *name, grub_disk_t disk)
goto fail;
}
grub_ieee1275_open (op->devpath, &dev_ihandle);
if (! dev_ihandle)
{
grub_error (GRUB_ERR_UNKNOWN_DEVICE, "can't open device");
goto fail;
}
grub_dprintf ("disk", "Opened `%s' as handle %p.\n", op->devpath,
(void *) (unsigned long) dev_ihandle);
/* XXX: There is no property to read the number of blocks. There
should be a property `#blocks', but it is not there. Perhaps it
is possible to use seek for this. */
@ -234,14 +234,10 @@ grub_ofdisk_read (grub_disk_t disk, grub_disk_addr_t sector,
grub_ssize_t status, actual;
unsigned long long pos;
grub_dprintf ("disk",
"Reading handle %p: sector 0x%llx, size 0x%lx, buf %p.\n",
(void *) disk->data, (long long) sector, (long) size, buf);
pos = sector * 512UL;
grub_ieee1275_seek ((grub_ieee1275_ihandle_t) (unsigned long) disk->data,
(int) (pos >> 32), (int) pos & 0xFFFFFFFFUL, &status);
pos, &status);
if (status < 0)
return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_READ_ERROR,
"seek error, can't seek block %llu",

6
disk/scsi.c
View File

@ -208,12 +208,14 @@ grub_scsi_iterate (int (*hook) (const char *name))
for (i = 0; i < luns; i++)
{
char *sname;
int ret;
sname = grub_xasprintf ("%s%c", name, 'a' + i);
if (!sname)
return 1;
if (hook (sname))
return 1;
ret = hook (sname);
grub_free (sname);
if (ret)
return 1;
}
return 0;
}

128
docs/gfxmenu-theme-example.txt
View File

@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
# GRUB gfxmenu theme "winter".
# Uses background image from:
# http://www.cyberpunkcafe.com/e107_plugins/autogallery/autogallery.php?show=1.Open%20Source%20Wallpaper
# "without-leaves.png" was called "Without Leafs in Winter.png"
lua-script: "winter.lua"
title-text: ""
title-font: "Helvetica Bold 18"
status-font: "Helvetica 8"
terminal-font: "Fixed 9"
title-color: "40, 40, 40"
status-color: "#FFF"
status-bg-color: "0, 166, 183, 128"
desktop-image: "without-leaves.png"
desktop-color: "0, 154, 183"
terminal-box: "terminal_*.png"
+ boot_menu {
position = (120, 60)
preferred_size = (400, -1)
item_font = "Helvetica Bold 14"
selected_item_font = "Helvetica Bold 14"
item_color = "0, 0, 0"
selected_item_color = "203, 251, 255"
menu_pixmap_style = "menu_*.png"
selected_item_pixmap_style = "select_*.png"
icon_width = 44
icon_height = 44
item_height = 32
item_padding = 0
item_icon_space = 3
item_spacing = 11
}
# You can add text at arbitrary locations on the screen.
# The specification within the "+label {...}" block is free-form,
# so you can use as much or as little white space as you like.
+ label {
position = (170, 50)
font = "smoothansi 13"
color = "0,0,128"
text = "This is the Winter theme ... brought to you by GRUB!"
}
# Show the text alignment supported by labels.
+ vbox {
position = (220, 347)
preferred_size = (200, -1) # A preferred size of -1 means automatic.
+ label { text="Text alignment demo" align="center" font="aqui 11" }
+ label { text="Left" align="left" font="cure 11" }
+ label { text="Center" align="center" font="cure 11" }
+ label { text="Right" align="right" font="cure 11" }
}
+ vbox {
position = (580, 10)
+ label { text="GNU" font="gelly 11" color="0, 0, 0" }
+ label { text="GRUB" font="aqui 11" color="0, 0, 0" }
+ label { text="boot loader" font="cure 11" color="0, 0, 0" }
}
+ hbox {
position = (80, 10)
+ label { text="GNU" font="gelly 11" color="0, 0, 0" }
+ label { text="GRUB" font="aqui 11" color="0, 0, 0" }
+ label { text="boot loader" font="cure 11" color="0, 0, 0" }
}
# Demonstration of a compound layout: boxes within boxes.
+ hbox
{
position = (480, 3)
+ vbox
{
# Note: We can't just use 'size' to set the image's size,
# since the vbox will resize the component according to its
# preferred size, which for images is the native image size.
+ image { file="/boot/grub/themes/icons/ubuntu.png"
preferred_size = (20, 20) }
+ image { file="/boot/grub/themes/icons/gentoo.png"
preferred_size = (20, 20) }
}
+ vbox
{
+ label { text="GRand" font="cure 11" color=#99F }
+ label { text="Unified" font="cure 11" color=#BBF }
+ label { text="Bootloader" font="cure 11" color=#DDF }
}
}
# By defining a 'progress_bar' type component with an ID of '__timeout__',
# the progress bar will be used to display the time remaining before an
# the default entry is automatically booted.
+ progress_bar
{
id = "__timeout__"
position = (80, 393)
preferred_size = (500, 24)
font = "cure 11"
text_color = #000
fg_color = #CCF
bg_color = #66B
border_color = #006
show_text = false
}
# Although the progress_bar component is normally used to indicate the
# time remaining, it's also possible to create other components with an ID
# of '__timeout__'. All components with and ID of 'timeout_bar' will have
# the following properties set based on the timeout value:
# text, value, start, end, visible.
# In this case, we have set 'show_text=false' on the progress bar, and use
# the following label's 'text' property to display the message.
+ label
{
id = "__timeout__"
position = (80, 420)
preferred_size = (500, 24)
font = "lime 11"
color = #117
align = "center"
}

19
docs/grub.texi
View File

@ -1126,6 +1126,7 @@ you forget a command, you can run the command @command{help}
* insmod:: Insert a module
* keystatus:: Check key modifier status
* ls:: List devices or files
* play:: Play a tune
* reboot:: Reboot your computer
* set:: Set an environment variable
* unset:: Unset an environment variable
@ -1364,6 +1365,24 @@ name syntax}), then list the contents of that directory.
@end deffn
@node play
@subsection play
@deffn Command play file | tempo [pitch1 duration1] [pitch2 duration2] ...
Plays a tune
If the argument is a file name (@pxref{File name syntax}), play the tune
recorded in it. The file format is first the tempo as an unsigned 32bit
little-endian number, then pairs of unsigned 16bit little-endian numbers for
pitch and duration pairs.
If the arguments are a series of numbers, play the inline tune.
The tempo is the base for all note durations. 60 gives a 1-second base, 120
gives a half-second base, etc. Pitches are Hz.
@end deffn
@node reboot
@subsection reboot

464
font/font.c
View File

@ -91,25 +91,24 @@ struct font_file_section
};
/* Replace unknown glyphs with a rounded question mark. */
static grub_uint8_t unknown_glyph_bitmap[] =
{
/* 76543210 */
0x7C, /* ooooo */
0x82, /* o o */
0xBA, /* o ooo o */
0xAA, /* o o o o */
0xAA, /* o o o o */
0x8A, /* o o o */
0x9A, /* o oo o */
0x92, /* o o o */
0x92, /* o o o */
0x92, /* o o o */
0x92, /* o o o */
0x82, /* o o */
0x92, /* o o o */
0x82, /* o o */
0x7C, /* ooooo */
0x00 /* */
static grub_uint8_t unknown_glyph_bitmap[] = {
/* 76543210 */
0x7C, /* ooooo */
0x82, /* o o */
0xBA, /* o ooo o */
0xAA, /* o o o o */
0xAA, /* o o o o */
0x8A, /* o o o */
0x9A, /* o oo o */
0x92, /* o o o */
0x92, /* o o o */
0x92, /* o o o */
0x92, /* o o o */
0x82, /* o o */
0x92, /* o o o */
0x82, /* o o */
0x7C, /* ooooo */
0x00 /* */
};
/* The "unknown glyph" glyph, used as a last resort. */
@ -130,7 +129,7 @@ static struct grub_font_glyph *ascii_font_glyph[0x80];
static struct grub_font_glyph *
ascii_glyph_lookup (grub_uint32_t code)
{
#ifdef USE_ASCII_FAILBACK
#ifdef USE_ASCII_FAILBACK
static int ascii_failback_initialized = 0;
if (code >= 0x80)
@ -140,14 +139,14 @@ ascii_glyph_lookup (grub_uint32_t code)
{
int current;
for (current = 0; current < 0x80; current++)
{
ascii_font_glyph[current] = grub_malloc(sizeof(struct grub_font_glyph)
+ ASCII_BITMAP_SIZE);
{
ascii_font_glyph[current] =
grub_malloc (sizeof (struct grub_font_glyph) + ASCII_BITMAP_SIZE);
ascii_font_glyph[current]->width = 8;
ascii_font_glyph[current]->height = 16;
ascii_font_glyph[current]->offset_x = 0;
ascii_font_glyph[current]->offset_y = -2;
ascii_font_glyph[current]->width = 8;
ascii_font_glyph[current]->height = 16;
ascii_font_glyph[current]->offset_x = 0;
ascii_font_glyph[current]->offset_y = -2;
ascii_font_glyph[current]->device_width = 8;
grub_memcpy (ascii_font_glyph[current]->bitmap,
@ -173,9 +172,9 @@ grub_font_loader_init (void)
return;
/* Make glyph for unknown glyph. */
unknown_glyph = grub_malloc(sizeof(struct grub_font_glyph)
+ sizeof(unknown_glyph_bitmap));
if (! unknown_glyph)
unknown_glyph = grub_malloc (sizeof (struct grub_font_glyph)
+ sizeof (unknown_glyph_bitmap));
if (!unknown_glyph)
return;
unknown_glyph->width = 8;
@ -183,13 +182,13 @@ grub_font_loader_init (void)
unknown_glyph->offset_x = 0;
unknown_glyph->offset_y = -3;
unknown_glyph->device_width = 8;
grub_memcpy(unknown_glyph->bitmap,
unknown_glyph_bitmap, sizeof(unknown_glyph_bitmap));
grub_memcpy (unknown_glyph->bitmap,
unknown_glyph_bitmap, sizeof (unknown_glyph_bitmap));
/* Initialize the null font. */
font_init (&null_font);
null_font.name = "<No Font>";
null_font.ascent = unknown_glyph->height-3;
null_font.ascent = unknown_glyph->height - 3;
null_font.descent = 3;
null_font.max_char_width = unknown_glyph->width;
null_font.max_char_height = unknown_glyph->height;
@ -247,7 +246,7 @@ open_section (grub_file_t file, struct font_file_section *section)
else if (retval < 0)
{
grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
"font format error: can't read section name");
"font format error: can't read section name");
return 1;
}
@ -262,7 +261,7 @@ open_section (grub_file_t file, struct font_file_section *section)
else if (retval < 0)
{
grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
"font format error: can't read section length");
"font format error: can't read section length");
return 1;
}
@ -283,22 +282,22 @@ open_section (grub_file_t file, struct font_file_section *section)
grub_errno is set appropriately). */
static int
load_font_index (grub_file_t file, grub_uint32_t sect_length, struct
grub_font *font)
grub_font *font)
{
unsigned i;
grub_uint32_t last_code;
#if FONT_DEBUG >= 2
grub_printf("load_font_index(sect_length=%d)\n", sect_length);
grub_printf ("load_font_index(sect_length=%d)\n", sect_length);
#endif
/* Sanity check: ensure section length is divisible by the entry size. */
if ((sect_length % FONT_CHAR_INDEX_ENTRY_SIZE) != 0)
{
grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
"font file format error: character index length %d "
"is not a multiple of the entry size %d",
sect_length, FONT_CHAR_INDEX_ENTRY_SIZE);
"font file format error: character index length %d "
"is not a multiple of the entry size %d",
sect_length, FONT_CHAR_INDEX_ENTRY_SIZE);
return 1;
}
@ -307,11 +306,11 @@ load_font_index (grub_file_t file, grub_uint32_t sect_length, struct
/* Allocate the character index array. */
font->char_index = grub_malloc (font->num_chars
* sizeof (struct char_index_entry));
if (! font->char_index)
* sizeof (struct char_index_entry));
if (!font->char_index)
return 1;
font->bmp_idx = grub_malloc (0x10000 * sizeof (grub_uint16_t));
if (! font->bmp_idx)
if (!font->bmp_idx)
{
grub_free (font->char_index);
return 1;
@ -320,7 +319,7 @@ load_font_index (grub_file_t file, grub_uint32_t sect_length, struct
#if FONT_DEBUG >= 2
grub_printf("num_chars=%d)\n", font->num_chars);
grub_printf ("num_chars=%d)\n", font->num_chars);
#endif
last_code = 0;
@ -332,17 +331,17 @@ load_font_index (grub_file_t file, grub_uint32_t sect_length, struct
/* Read code point value; convert to native byte order. */
if (grub_file_read (file, &entry->code, 4) != 4)
return 1;
return 1;
entry->code = grub_be_to_cpu32 (entry->code);
/* Verify that characters are in ascending order. */
if (i != 0 && entry->code <= last_code)
{
grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
"font characters not in ascending order: %u <= %u",
entry->code, last_code);
return 1;
}
{
grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
"font characters not in ascending order: %u <= %u",
entry->code, last_code);
return 1;
}
if (entry->code < 0x10000)
font->bmp_idx[entry->code] = i;
@ -351,11 +350,11 @@ load_font_index (grub_file_t file, grub_uint32_t sect_length, struct
/* Read storage flags byte. */
if (grub_file_read (file, &entry->storage_flags, 1) != 1)
return 1;
return 1;
/* Read glyph data offset; convert to native byte order. */
if (grub_file_read (file, &entry->offset, 4) != 4)
return 1;
return 1;
entry->offset = grub_be_to_cpu32 (entry->offset);
/* No glyph loaded. Will be loaded on demand and cached thereafter. */
@ -364,7 +363,7 @@ load_font_index (grub_file_t file, grub_uint32_t sect_length, struct
#if FONT_DEBUG >= 5
/* Print the 1st 10 characters. */
if (i < 10)
grub_printf("c=%d o=%d\n", entry->code, entry->offset);
grub_printf ("c=%d o=%d\n", entry->code, entry->offset);
#endif
}
@ -380,7 +379,7 @@ read_section_as_string (struct font_file_section *section)
grub_ssize_t ret;
str = grub_malloc (section->length + 1);
if (! str)
if (!str)
return 0;
ret = grub_file_read (section->file, str, section->length);
@ -398,18 +397,18 @@ read_section_as_string (struct font_file_section *section)
which is stored into *VALUE.
Returns 0 upon success, nonzero upon failure. */
static int
read_section_as_short (struct font_file_section *section, grub_int16_t *value)
read_section_as_short (struct font_file_section *section,
grub_int16_t * value)
{
grub_uint16_t raw_value;
if (section->length != 2)
{
grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
"font file format error: section %c%c%c%c length "
"is %d but should be 2",
section->name[0], section->name[1],
section->name[2], section->name[3],
section->length);
"font file format error: section %c%c%c%c length "
"is %d but should be 2",
section->name[0], section->name[1],
section->name[2], section->name[3], section->length);
return 1;
}
if (grub_file_read (section->file, &raw_value, 2) != 2)
@ -430,7 +429,7 @@ grub_font_load (const char *filename)
grub_font_t font = 0;
#if FONT_DEBUG >= 1
grub_printf("add_font(%s)\n", filename);
grub_printf ("add_font(%s)\n", filename);
#endif
file = grub_buffile_open (filename, 1024);
@ -438,7 +437,7 @@ grub_font_load (const char *filename)
goto fail;
#if FONT_DEBUG >= 3
grub_printf("file opened\n");
grub_printf ("file opened\n");
#endif
/* Read the FILE section. It indicates the file format. */
@ -446,159 +445,166 @@ grub_font_load (const char *filename)
goto fail;
#if FONT_DEBUG >= 3
grub_printf("opened FILE section\n");
grub_printf ("opened FILE section\n");
#endif
if (grub_memcmp (section.name, FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_FILE,
sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_FILE) - 1) != 0)
sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_FILE) - 1) != 0)
{
grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
"font file format error: 1st section must be FILE");
"font file format error: 1st section must be FILE");
goto fail;
}
#if FONT_DEBUG >= 3
grub_printf("section name ok\n");
grub_printf ("section name ok\n");
#endif
if (section.length != 4)
{
grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
"font file format error (file type ID length is %d "
"but should be 4)", section.length);
"font file format error (file type ID length is %d "
"but should be 4)", section.length);
goto fail;
}
#if FONT_DEBUG >= 3
grub_printf("section length ok\n");
grub_printf ("section length ok\n");
#endif
/* Check the file format type code. */
if (grub_file_read (file, magic, 4) != 4)
goto fail;
#if FONT_DEBUG >= 3
grub_printf("read magic ok\n");
grub_printf ("read magic ok\n");
#endif
if (grub_memcmp (magic, FONT_FORMAT_PFF2_MAGIC, 4) != 0)
{
grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT, "invalid font magic %x %x %x %x",
magic[0], magic[1], magic[2], magic[3]);
magic[0], magic[1], magic[2], magic[3]);
goto fail;
}
#if FONT_DEBUG >= 3
grub_printf("compare magic ok\n");
grub_printf ("compare magic ok\n");
#endif
/* Allocate the font object. */
font = (grub_font_t) grub_malloc (sizeof (struct grub_font));
if (! font)
if (!font)
goto fail;
font_init (font);
font->file = file;
#if FONT_DEBUG >= 3
grub_printf("allocate font ok; loading font info\n");
grub_printf ("allocate font ok; loading font info\n");
#endif
/* Load the font information. */
while (1)
{
if (open_section (file, &section) != 0)
{
if (section.eof)
break; /* Done reading the font file. */
else
goto fail;
}
{
if (section.eof)
break; /* Done reading the font file. */
else
goto fail;
}
#if FONT_DEBUG >= 2
grub_printf("opened section %c%c%c%c ok\n",
section.name[0], section.name[1],
section.name[2], section.name[3]);
grub_printf ("opened section %c%c%c%c ok\n",
section.name[0], section.name[1],
section.name[2], section.name[3]);
#endif
if (grub_memcmp (section.name, FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_FONT_NAME,
sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_FONT_NAME) - 1) == 0)
{
font->name = read_section_as_string (&section);
if (!font->name)
goto fail;
}
sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_FONT_NAME) - 1) == 0)
{
font->name = read_section_as_string (&section);
if (!font->name)
goto fail;
}
else if (grub_memcmp (section.name,
FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_POINT_SIZE,
sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_POINT_SIZE) - 1) == 0)
{
if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->point_size) != 0)
goto fail;
}
FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_POINT_SIZE,
sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_POINT_SIZE) -
1) == 0)
{
if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->point_size) != 0)
goto fail;
}
else if (grub_memcmp (section.name, FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_WEIGHT,
sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_WEIGHT) - 1) == 0)
{
char *wt;
wt = read_section_as_string (&section);
if (!wt)
continue;
/* Convert the weight string 'normal' or 'bold' into a number. */
if (grub_strcmp (wt, "normal") == 0)
font->weight = FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL;
else if (grub_strcmp (wt, "bold") == 0)
font->weight = FONT_WEIGHT_BOLD;
grub_free (wt);
}
sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_WEIGHT) - 1)
== 0)
{
char *wt;
wt = read_section_as_string (&section);
if (!wt)
continue;
/* Convert the weight string 'normal' or 'bold' into a number. */
if (grub_strcmp (wt, "normal") == 0)
font->weight = FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL;
else if (grub_strcmp (wt, "bold") == 0)
font->weight = FONT_WEIGHT_BOLD;
grub_free (wt);
}
else if (grub_memcmp (section.name,
FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_MAX_CHAR_WIDTH,
sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_MAX_CHAR_WIDTH) - 1) == 0)
{
if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->max_char_width) != 0)
goto fail;
}
FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_MAX_CHAR_WIDTH,
sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_MAX_CHAR_WIDTH)
- 1) == 0)
{
if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->max_char_width) != 0)
goto fail;
}
else if (grub_memcmp (section.name,
FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_MAX_CHAR_HEIGHT,
sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_MAX_CHAR_HEIGHT) - 1) == 0)
{
if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->max_char_height) != 0)
goto fail;
}
FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_MAX_CHAR_HEIGHT,
sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_MAX_CHAR_HEIGHT)
- 1) == 0)
{
if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->max_char_height) != 0)
goto fail;
}
else if (grub_memcmp (section.name,
FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_ASCENT,
sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_ASCENT) - 1) == 0)
{
if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->ascent) != 0)
goto fail;
}
FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_ASCENT,
sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_ASCENT) - 1)
== 0)
{
if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->ascent) != 0)
goto fail;
}
else if (grub_memcmp (section.name, FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_DESCENT,
sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_DESCENT) - 1) == 0)
{
if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->descent) != 0)
goto fail;
}
sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_DESCENT) - 1)
== 0)
{
if (read_section_as_short (&section, &font->descent) != 0)
goto fail;
}
else if (grub_memcmp (section.name,
FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_CHAR_INDEX,
sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_CHAR_INDEX) - 1) == 0)
{
if (load_font_index (file, section.length, font) != 0)
goto fail;
}
FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_CHAR_INDEX,
sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_CHAR_INDEX) -
1) == 0)
{
if (load_font_index (file, section.length, font) != 0)
goto fail;
}
else if (grub_memcmp (section.name, FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_DATA,
sizeof(FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_DATA) - 1) == 0)
{
/* When the DATA section marker is reached, we stop reading. */
break;
}
sizeof (FONT_FORMAT_SECTION_NAMES_DATA) - 1) == 0)
{
/* When the DATA section marker is reached, we stop reading. */
break;
}
else
{
/* Unhandled section type, simply skip past it. */
{
/* Unhandled section type, simply skip past it. */
#if FONT_DEBUG >= 3
grub_printf("Unhandled section type, skipping.\n");
grub_printf ("Unhandled section type, skipping.\n");
#endif
grub_off_t section_end = grub_file_tell (file) + section.length;
if ((int) grub_file_seek (file, section_end) == -1)
goto fail;
}
grub_off_t section_end = grub_file_tell (file) + section.length;
if ((int) grub_file_seek (file, section_end) == -1)
goto fail;
}
}
if (! font->name)
if (!font->name)
{
grub_printf ("Note: Font has no name.\n");
font->name = grub_strdup ("Unknown");
@ -606,22 +612,19 @@ grub_font_load (const char *filename)
#if FONT_DEBUG >= 1
grub_printf ("Loaded font `%s'.\n"
"Ascent=%d Descent=%d MaxW=%d MaxH=%d Number of characters=%d.\n",
font->name,
font->ascent, font->descent,
font->max_char_width, font->max_char_height,
font->num_chars);
"Ascent=%d Descent=%d MaxW=%d MaxH=%d Number of characters=%d.\n",
font->name,
font->ascent, font->descent,
font->max_char_width, font->max_char_height, font->num_chars);
#endif
if (font->max_char_width == 0
|| font->max_char_height == 0
|| font->num_chars == 0
|| font->char_index == 0
|| font->ascent == 0
|| font->descent == 0)
|| font->char_index == 0 || font->ascent == 0 || font->descent == 0)
{
grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_FONT,
"invalid font file: missing some required data");
"invalid font file: missing some required data");
goto fail;
}
@ -679,18 +682,18 @@ find_glyph (const grub_font_t font, grub_uint32_t code)
lo = 0;
hi = font->num_chars - 1;
if (! table)
if (!table)
return 0;
while (lo <= hi)
{
mid = lo + (hi - lo) / 2;
if (code < table[mid].code)
hi = mid - 1;
hi = mid - 1;
else if (code > table[mid].code)
lo = mid + 1;
lo = mid + 1;
else
return &table[mid];
return &table[mid];
}
return 0;
@ -716,12 +719,12 @@ grub_font_get_glyph_internal (grub_font_t font, grub_uint32_t code)
int len;
if (index_entry->glyph)
/* Return cached glyph. */
return index_entry->glyph;
/* Return cached glyph. */
return index_entry->glyph;
if (! font->file)
/* No open file, can't load any glyphs. */
return 0;
if (!font->file)
/* No open file, can't load any glyphs. */
return 0;
/* Make sure we can find glyphs for error messages. Push active
error message to error stack and reset error message. */
@ -730,23 +733,23 @@ grub_font_get_glyph_internal (grub_font_t font, grub_uint32_t code)
grub_file_seek (font->file, index_entry->offset);
/* Read the glyph width, height, and baseline. */
if (read_be_uint16(font->file, &width) != 0
|| read_be_uint16(font->file, &height) != 0
|| read_be_int16(font->file, &xoff) != 0
|| read_be_int16(font->file, &yoff) != 0
|| read_be_int16(font->file, &dwidth) != 0)
{
remove_font (font);
return 0;
}
if (read_be_uint16 (font->file, &width) != 0
|| read_be_uint16 (font->file, &height) != 0
|| read_be_int16 (font->file, &xoff) != 0
|| read_be_int16 (font->file, &yoff) != 0
|| read_be_int16 (font->file, &dwidth) != 0)
{
remove_font (font);
return 0;
}
len = (width * height + 7) / 8;
glyph = grub_malloc (sizeof (struct grub_font_glyph) + len);
if (! glyph)
{
remove_font (font);
return 0;
}
if (!glyph)
{
remove_font (font);
return 0;
}
glyph->font = font;
glyph->width = width;
@ -757,13 +760,13 @@ grub_font_get_glyph_internal (grub_font_t font, grub_uint32_t code)
/* Don't try to read empty bitmaps (e.g., space characters). */
if (len != 0)
{
if (grub_file_read (font->file, glyph->bitmap, len) != len)
{
remove_font (font);
return 0;
}
}
{
if (grub_file_read (font->file, glyph->bitmap, len) != len)
{
remove_font (font);
return 0;
}
}
/* Restore old error message. */
grub_error_pop ();
@ -787,7 +790,7 @@ free_font (grub_font_t font)
if (font)
{
if (font->file)
grub_file_close (font->file);
grub_file_close (font->file);
grub_free (font->name);
grub_free (font->family);
grub_free (font->char_index);
@ -804,7 +807,7 @@ register_font (grub_font_t font)
struct grub_font_node *node = 0;
node = grub_malloc (sizeof (struct grub_font_node));
if (! node)
if (!node)
return 1;
node->value = font;
@ -822,18 +825,17 @@ remove_font (grub_font_t font)
struct grub_font_node **nextp, *cur;
for (nextp = &grub_font_list, cur = *nextp;
cur;
nextp = &cur->next, cur = cur->next)
cur; nextp = &cur->next, cur = cur->next)
{
if (cur->value == font)
{
*nextp = cur->next;
{
*nextp = cur->next;
/* Free the node, but not the font itself. */
grub_free (cur);
/* Free the node, but not the font itself. */
grub_free (cur);
return;
}
return;
}
}
}
@ -850,7 +852,7 @@ grub_font_get (const char *font_name)
{
grub_font_t font = node->value;
if (grub_strcmp (font->name, font_name) == 0)
return font;
return font;
}
/* If no font by that name is found, return the first font in the list
@ -862,7 +864,7 @@ grub_font_get (const char *font_name)
return &null_font;
}
/* Get the full name of the font. For instance, "Helvetica Bold 12". */
/* Get the full name of the font. */
const char *
grub_font_get_name (grub_font_t font)
{
@ -927,7 +929,7 @@ grub_font_get_string_width (grub_font_t font, const char *str)
const grub_uint8_t *ptr;
for (ptr = (const grub_uint8_t *) str, width = 0;
grub_utf8_to_ucs4 (&code, 1, ptr, -1, &ptr) > 0; )
grub_utf8_to_ucs4 (&code, 1, ptr, -1, &ptr) > 0;)
{
glyph = grub_font_get_glyph_with_fallback (font, code);
width += glyph->device_width;
@ -961,7 +963,7 @@ grub_font_get_glyph (grub_font_t font, grub_uint32_t code)
sizes are used so that tiny 8 point glyphs are not mixed into a string
of 24 point text unless there is no other choice. */
static int
get_font_diversity(grub_font_t a, grub_font_t b)
get_font_diversity (grub_font_t a, grub_font_t b)
{
int d;
@ -1011,7 +1013,7 @@ grub_font_get_glyph_with_fallback (grub_font_t font, grub_uint32_t code)
/* First try to get the glyph from the specified font. */
glyph = grub_font_get_glyph_internal (font, code);
if (glyph)
return glyph;
return glyph;
}
/* Otherwise, search all loaded fonts for the glyph and use the one from
@ -1028,16 +1030,16 @@ grub_font_get_glyph_with_fallback (grub_font_t font, grub_uint32_t code)
glyph = grub_font_get_glyph_internal (curfont, code);
if (glyph)
{
int d;
{
int d;
d = get_font_diversity (curfont, font);
if (d < best_diversity)
{
best_diversity = d;
best_glyph = glyph;
}
}
d = get_font_diversity (curfont, font);
if (d < best_diversity)
{
best_diversity = d;
best_glyph = glyph;
}
}
}
if (best_glyph)
@ -1052,9 +1054,8 @@ grub_font_get_glyph_with_fallback (grub_font_t font, grub_uint32_t code)
baseline of the character, while the x coordinate designates the left
side location of the character. */
grub_err_t
grub_font_draw_glyph (struct grub_font_glyph *glyph,
grub_video_color_t color,
int left_x, int baseline_y)
grub_font_draw_glyph (struct grub_font_glyph * glyph,
grub_video_color_t color, int left_x, int baseline_y)
{
struct grub_video_bitmap glyph_bitmap;
@ -1065,8 +1066,7 @@ grub_font_draw_glyph (struct grub_font_glyph *glyph,
glyph_bitmap.mode_info.width = glyph->width;
glyph_bitmap.mode_info.height = glyph->height;
glyph_bitmap.mode_info.mode_type =
(1 << GRUB_VIDEO_MODE_TYPE_DEPTH_POS)
| GRUB_VIDEO_MODE_TYPE_1BIT_BITMAP;
(1 << GRUB_VIDEO_MODE_TYPE_DEPTH_POS) | GRUB_VIDEO_MODE_TYPE_1BIT_BITMAP;
glyph_bitmap.mode_info.blit_format = GRUB_VIDEO_BLIT_FORMAT_1BIT_PACKED;
glyph_bitmap.mode_info.bpp = 1;
@ -1081,11 +1081,11 @@ grub_font_draw_glyph (struct grub_font_glyph *glyph,
glyph_bitmap.mode_info.bg_green = 0;
glyph_bitmap.mode_info.bg_blue = 0;
glyph_bitmap.mode_info.bg_alpha = 0;
grub_video_unmap_color(color,
&glyph_bitmap.mode_info.fg_red,
&glyph_bitmap.mode_info.fg_green,
&glyph_bitmap.mode_info.fg_blue,
&glyph_bitmap.mode_info.fg_alpha);
grub_video_unmap_color (color,
&glyph_bitmap.mode_info.fg_red,
&glyph_bitmap.mode_info.fg_green,
&glyph_bitmap.mode_info.fg_blue,
&glyph_bitmap.mode_info.fg_alpha);
glyph_bitmap.data = glyph->bitmap;
int bitmap_left = left_x + glyph->offset_x;
@ -1093,9 +1093,8 @@ grub_font_draw_glyph (struct grub_font_glyph *glyph,
int bitmap_top = bitmap_bottom - glyph->height;
return grub_video_blit_bitmap (&glyph_bitmap, GRUB_VIDEO_BLIT_BLEND,
bitmap_left, bitmap_top,
0, 0,
glyph->width, glyph->height);
bitmap_left, bitmap_top,
0, 0, glyph->width, glyph->height);
}
/* Draw a UTF-8 string of text on the current video render target.
@ -1105,8 +1104,7 @@ grub_font_draw_glyph (struct grub_font_glyph *glyph,
a glyph from another loaded font may be used instead. */
grub_err_t
grub_font_draw_string (const char *str, grub_font_t font,
grub_video_color_t color,
int left_x, int baseline_y)
grub_video_color_t color, int left_x, int baseline_y)
{
int x;
struct grub_font_glyph *glyph;
@ -1114,15 +1112,13 @@ grub_font_draw_string (const char *str, grub_font_t font,
const grub_uint8_t *ptr;
for (ptr = (const grub_uint8_t *) str, x = left_x;
grub_utf8_to_ucs4 (&code, 1, ptr, -1, &ptr) > 0; )
grub_utf8_to_ucs4 (&code, 1, ptr, -1, &ptr) > 0;)
{
glyph = grub_font_get_glyph_with_fallback (font, code);
if (grub_font_draw_glyph (glyph, color, x, baseline_y)
!= GRUB_ERR_NONE)
return grub_errno;
if (grub_font_draw_glyph (glyph, color, x, baseline_y) != GRUB_ERR_NONE)
return grub_errno;
x += glyph->device_width;
}
return GRUB_ERR_NONE;
}

9
fs/ext2.c
View File

@ -436,7 +436,8 @@ grub_ext2_read_block (grub_fshelp_node_t node, grub_disk_addr_t fileblock)
grub_uint32_t indir[blksz / 4];
if (grub_disk_read (data->disk,
grub_le_to_cpu32 (inode->blocks.indir_block)
((grub_disk_addr_t)
grub_le_to_cpu32 (inode->blocks.indir_block))
<< log2_blksz,
0, blksz, indir))
return grub_errno;
@ -452,13 +453,15 @@ grub_ext2_read_block (grub_fshelp_node_t node, grub_disk_addr_t fileblock)
grub_uint32_t indir[blksz / 4];
if (grub_disk_read (data->disk,
grub_le_to_cpu32 (inode->blocks.double_indir_block)
((grub_disk_addr_t)
grub_le_to_cpu32 (inode->blocks.double_indir_block))
<< log2_blksz,
0, blksz, indir))
return grub_errno;
if (grub_disk_read (data->disk,
grub_le_to_cpu32 (indir[rblock / perblock])
((grub_disk_addr_t)
grub_le_to_cpu32 (indir[rblock / perblock]))
<< log2_blksz,
0, blksz, indir))
return grub_errno;

8
fs/i386/pc/pxe.c
View File

@ -568,21 +568,21 @@ GRUB_MOD_INIT(pxe)
buf = grub_xasprintf ("%d", grub_pxe_blksize);
if (buf)
grub_env_set ("net_pxe_blksize", buf);
grub_env_set ("pxe_blksize", buf);
grub_free (buf);
set_ip_env ("pxe_default_server", grub_pxe_default_server_ip);
set_ip_env ("pxe_default_gateway", grub_pxe_default_gateway_ip);
set_ip_env ("net_pxe_ip", grub_pxe_your_ip);
grub_register_variable_hook ("net_pxe_default_server", 0,
grub_register_variable_hook ("pxe_default_server", 0,
grub_env_write_pxe_default_server);
grub_register_variable_hook ("net_pxe_default_gateway", 0,
grub_register_variable_hook ("pxe_default_gateway", 0,
grub_env_write_pxe_default_gateway);
/* XXX: Is it possible to change IP in PXE? */
grub_register_variable_hook ("net_pxe_ip", 0,
grub_env_write_readonly);
grub_register_variable_hook ("net_pxe_blksize", 0,
grub_register_variable_hook ("pxe_blksize", 0,
grub_env_write_pxe_blocksize);
grub_disk_dev_register (&grub_pxe_dev);
grub_fs_register (&grub_pxefs_fs);

6
fs/iso9660.c
View File

@ -629,12 +629,16 @@ grub_iso9660_iterate_dir (grub_fshelp_node_t dir,
if (dir->data->joliet)
{
char *oldname;
char *oldname, *semicolon;
oldname = filename;
filename = grub_iso9660_convert_string
((grub_uint16_t *) oldname, dirent.namelen >> 1);
semicolon = grub_strrchr (filename, ';');
if (semicolon)
*semicolon = '\0';
if (filename_alloc)
grub_free (oldname);

2
fs/reiserfs.c
View File

@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
static grub_dl_t my_mod;
#define assert(boolean) real_assert (boolean, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#define assert(boolean) real_assert (boolean, GRUB_FILE, __LINE__)
static inline void
real_assert (int boolean, const char *file, const int line)
{

14
genmk.rb
View File

@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ endif
dir = File.dirname(src)
"#{obj}: #{src} $(#{src}_DEPENDENCIES)
$(TARGET_CC) -I#{dir} -I$(srcdir)/#{dir} $(TARGET_CPPFLAGS) #{extra_flags} $(TARGET_#{flag}) $(#{prefix}_#{flag}) -MD -c -o $@ $<
$(TARGET_CC) -I#{dir} -I$(srcdir)/#{dir} $(TARGET_CPPFLAGS) #{extra_flags} $(TARGET_#{flag}) $(#{prefix}_#{flag}) -DGRUB_FILE=\\\"#{src}\\\" -MD -c -o $@ $<
-include #{dep}
"
@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ else
-rm -f $@
-rm -f $@.bin
$(TARGET_CC) $(#{prefix}_LDFLAGS) $(TARGET_LDFLAGS) -Wl,-r,-d -o $@.bin #{pre_obj} #{mod_obj}
$(OBJCONV) -f$(TARGET_MODULE_FORMAT) -nr:_grub_mod_init:grub_mod_init -nr:_grub_mod_fini:grub_mod_fini -wd1106 -nu -nd $@.bin $@
$(OBJCONV) -f$(TARGET_MODULE_FORMAT) -nr:_grub_mod_init:grub_mod_init -nr:_grub_mod_fini:grub_mod_fini -wd1106 -ew2030 -ew2050 -nu -nd $@.bin $@
-rm -f $@.bin
endif
endif
@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ endif
$(TARGET_CC) $(#{prefix}_LDFLAGS) $(TARGET_LDFLAGS) -Wl,-r,-d -o $@ #{objs_str}
#{mod_obj}: #{mod_src}
$(TARGET_CC) $(TARGET_CPPFLAGS) $(TARGET_CFLAGS) $(#{prefix}_CFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
$(TARGET_CC) $(TARGET_CPPFLAGS) $(TARGET_CFLAGS) $(#{prefix}_CFLAGS) -DGRUB_FILE=\\\"#{mod_src}\\\" -c -o $@ $<
#{mod_src}: $(builddir)/moddep.lst $(srcdir)/genmodsrc.sh
sh $(srcdir)/genmodsrc.sh '#{mod_name}' $< > $@ || (rm -f $@; exit 1)
@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ endif
dir = File.dirname(src)
"#{obj}: #{src} $(#{src}_DEPENDENCIES)
$(TARGET_CC) -I#{dir} -I$(srcdir)/#{dir} $(TARGET_CPPFLAGS) #{extra_flags} $(TARGET_#{flag}) $(#{prefix}_#{flag}) -MD -c -o $@ $<
$(TARGET_CC) -I#{dir} -I$(srcdir)/#{dir} $(TARGET_CPPFLAGS) #{extra_flags} $(TARGET_#{flag}) $(#{prefix}_#{flag}) -DGRUB_FILE=\\\"#{src}\\\" -MD -c -o $@ $<
-include #{dep}
clean-module-#{extra_target}.#{@rule_count}:
rm -f #{command} #{fs} #{partmap} #{handler} #{parttool} #{video}
rm -f #{command} #{fs} #{partmap} #{handler} #{parttool} #{video} #{terminal}
CLEAN_MODULE_TARGETS += clean-module-#{extra_target}.#{@rule_count}
@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ MOSTLYCLEAN_UTILITY_TARGETS += mostlyclean-utility-#{@name}.#{@rule_count}
dir = File.dirname(src)
"#{obj}: #{src} $(#{src}_DEPENDENCIES)
$(CC) -I#{dir} -I$(srcdir)/#{dir} $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -DGRUB_UTIL=1 $(#{prefix}_CFLAGS) -MD -c -o $@ $<
$(CC) -I#{dir} -I$(srcdir)/#{dir} $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -DGRUB_UTIL=1 $(#{prefix}_CFLAGS) -DGRUB_FILE=\\\"#{src}\\\" -MD -c -o $@ $<
-include #{dep}
"
@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ endif
dir = File.dirname(src)
"#{obj}: #{src} $(#{src}_DEPENDENCIES)
$(TARGET_CC) -I#{dir} -I$(srcdir)/#{dir} $(TARGET_CPPFLAGS) #{extra_flags} $(TARGET_#{flag}) $(#{prefix}_#{flag}) -MD -c -o $@ $<
$(TARGET_CC) -I#{dir} -I$(srcdir)/#{dir} $(TARGET_CPPFLAGS) #{extra_flags} $(TARGET_#{flag}) $(#{prefix}_#{flag}) -DGRUB_FILE=\\\"#{src}\\\" -MD -c -o $@ $<
-include #{dep}

3
genmoddep.awk
View File

@ -32,13 +32,12 @@ FNR == 1 {
else if ($1 != "__gnu_local_gp") {
printf "%s in %s is not defined\n", $1, module >"/dev/stderr";
error++;
# exit;
}
}
# Output the result.
END {
if (error != 0)
if (error >= 1)
exit 1;
for (mod in modtab) {

2
gensymlist.sh.in
View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
### The configure script will replace these variables.
: ${srcdir=@srcdir@}
: ${CC=@CC@}
: ${CC=@TARGET_CC@}
cat <<EOF

7
gettext/gettext.c
View File

@ -279,13 +279,6 @@ grub_gettext_init_ext (const char *lang)
/* mo_file e.g.: /boot/grub/locale/ca.mo */
mo_file =
grub_malloc (grub_strlen (locale_dir) + grub_strlen ("/") +
grub_strlen (lang) + grub_strlen (".mo") + 1);
/* Warning: if changing some paths in the below line, change the grub_malloc
contents below. */
mo_file = grub_xasprintf ("%s/%s.mo", locale_dir, lang);
if (!mo_file)
return;

25
gfxmenu/gui_image.c
View File

@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ struct grub_gui_image
grub_gui_container_t parent;
grub_video_rect_t bounds;
char *id;
char *theme_dir;
struct grub_video_bitmap *raw_bitmap;
struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap;
};
@ -208,8 +209,28 @@ static grub_err_t
image_set_property (void *vself, const char *name, const char *value)
{
grub_gui_image_t self = vself;
if (grub_strcmp (name, "file") == 0)
return load_image (self, value);
if (grub_strcmp (name, "theme_dir") == 0)
{
grub_free (self->theme_dir);
self->theme_dir = grub_strdup (value);
}
else if (grub_strcmp (name, "file") == 0)
{
char *absvalue;
grub_err_t err;
/* Resolve to an absolute path. */
if (! self->theme_dir)
return grub_error (GRUB_ERR_BAD_ARGUMENT, "unspecified theme_dir");
absvalue = grub_resolve_relative_path (self->theme_dir, value);
if (! absvalue)
return grub_errno;
err = load_image (self, absvalue);
grub_free (absvalue);
return err;
}
else if (grub_strcmp (name, "id") == 0)
{
grub_free (self->id);

2
gfxmenu/gui_label.c
View File

@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ grub_gui_label_new (void)
label->comp.ops = &label_ops;
label->visible = 1;
label->text = grub_strdup ("");
label->font = grub_font_get ("Helvetica 10");
label->font = grub_font_get ("Unknown Regular 16");
label->color.red = 0;
label->color.green = 0;
label->color.blue = 0;

2
gfxmenu/gui_list.c
View File

@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ grub_gui_list_new (void)
self->visible = 1;
default_font = grub_font_get ("Helvetica 12");
default_font = grub_font_get ("Unknown Regular 16");
default_fg_color = grub_gui_color_rgb (0, 0, 0);
default_bg_color = grub_gui_color_rgb (255, 255, 255);

2
gfxmenu/gui_progress_bar.c
View File

@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ grub_gui_progress_bar_new (void)
self->progress.ops = &progress_bar_pb_ops;
self->progress.component.ops = &progress_bar_ops;
self->visible = 1;
self->font = grub_font_get ("Helvetica 10");
self->font = grub_font_get ("Unknown Regular 16");
grub_gui_color_t black = { .red = 0, .green = 0, .blue = 0, .alpha = 255 };
grub_gui_color_t gray = { .red = 128, .green = 128, .blue = 128, .alpha = 255 };
grub_gui_color_t lightgray = { .red = 200, .green = 200, .blue = 200, .alpha = 255 };

2
gfxmenu/view.c
View File

@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ grub_gfxmenu_view_new (const char *theme_path,
view->screen.width = width;
view->screen.height = height;
default_font = grub_font_get ("Helvetica 12");
default_font = grub_font_get ("Unknown Regular 16");
default_fg_color = grub_gui_color_rgb (0, 0, 0);
default_bg_color = grub_gui_color_rgb (255, 255, 255);

4
gnulib/alloca.h
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/* Memory allocation on the stack.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2008 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2010 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published

34
gnulib/argp-ba.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_BUG_ADDRESS.
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* If set by the user program, it should point to string that is the
bug-reporting address for the program. It will be printed by argp_help if
the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various standard help
messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like `Report bugs to
ADDR.'. */
const char *argp_program_bug_address
/* This variable should be zero-initialized. On most systems, putting it into
BSS is sufficient. Not so on MacOS X 10.3 and 10.4, see
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-01/msg00329.html>
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-08/msg00096.html>. */
#if defined __ELF__
/* On ELF systems, variables in BSS behave well. */
#else
= (const char *) 0
#endif
;

30
gnulib/argp-eexst.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_ERR_EXIT_STATUS
Copyright (C) 1997, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <sysexits.h>
#include "argp.h"
/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
<sysexits.h>. */
error_t argp_err_exit_status = EX_USAGE;

435
gnulib/argp-fmtstream.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,435 @@
/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams
Copyright (C) 1997-1999, 2001-2003, 2005, 2009-2010 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This package emulates glibc `line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
don't have that. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
#include "argp-namefrob.h"
#ifndef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
#ifndef isblank
#define isblank(ch) ((ch)==' ' || (ch)=='\t')
#endif
#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
# include <wchar.h>
# include <libio/libioP.h>
# define __vsnprintf(s, l, f, a) _IO_vsnprintf (s, l, f, a)
#endif
#define INIT_BUF_SIZE 200
#define PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS 150
/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
total. If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
Returns NULL if there was an error. */
argp_fmtstream_t
__argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *stream,
size_t lmargin, size_t rmargin, ssize_t wmargin)
{
argp_fmtstream_t fs;
fs = (struct argp_fmtstream *) malloc (sizeof (struct argp_fmtstream));
if (fs != NULL)
{
fs->stream = stream;
fs->lmargin = lmargin;
fs->rmargin = rmargin;
fs->wmargin = wmargin;
fs->point_col = 0;
fs->point_offs = 0;
fs->buf = (char *) malloc (INIT_BUF_SIZE);
if (! fs->buf)
{
free (fs);
fs = 0;
}
else
{
fs->p = fs->buf;
fs->end = fs->buf + INIT_BUF_SIZE;
}
}
return fs;
}
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_make_fmtstream, argp_make_fmtstream)
#endif
#endif
/* Flush FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream). */
void
__argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
{
__argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
if (fs->p > fs->buf)
{
#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
__fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf);
#else
fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
#endif
}
free (fs->buf);
free (fs);
}
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_free, argp_fmtstream_free)
#endif
#endif
/* Process FS's buffer so that line wrapping is done from POINT_OFFS to the
end of its buffer. This code is mostly from glibc stdio/linewrap.c. */
void
__argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
{
char *buf, *nl;
size_t len;
/* Scan the buffer for newlines. */
buf = fs->buf + fs->point_offs;
while (buf < fs->p)
{
size_t r;
if (fs->point_col == 0 && fs->lmargin != 0)
{
/* We are starting a new line. Print spaces to the left margin. */
const size_t pad = fs->lmargin;
if (fs->p + pad < fs->end)
{
/* We can fit in them in the buffer by moving the
buffer text up and filling in the beginning. */
memmove (buf + pad, buf, fs->p - buf);
fs->p += pad; /* Compensate for bigger buffer. */
memset (buf, ' ', pad); /* Fill in the spaces. */
buf += pad; /* Don't bother searching them. */
}
else
{
/* No buffer space for spaces. Must flush. */
size_t i;
for (i = 0; i < pad; i++)
{
#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream);
else
#endif
putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream);
}
}
fs->point_col = pad;
}
len = fs->p - buf;
nl = memchr (buf, '\n', len);
if (fs->point_col < 0)
fs->point_col = 0;
if (!nl)
{
/* The buffer ends in a partial line. */
if (fs->point_col + len < fs->rmargin)
{
/* The remaining buffer text is a partial line and fits
within the maximum line width. Advance point for the
characters to be written and stop scanning. */
fs->point_col += len;
break;
}
else
/* Set the end-of-line pointer for the code below to
the end of the buffer. */
nl = fs->p;
}
else if (fs->point_col + (nl - buf) < (ssize_t) fs->rmargin)
{
/* The buffer contains a full line that fits within the maximum
line width. Reset point and scan the next line. */
fs->point_col = 0;
buf = nl + 1;
continue;
}
/* This line is too long. */
r = fs->rmargin - 1;
if (fs->wmargin < 0)
{
/* Truncate the line by overwriting the excess with the
newline and anything after it in the buffer. */
if (nl < fs->p)
{
memmove (buf + (r - fs->point_col), nl, fs->p - nl);
fs->p -= buf + (r - fs->point_col) - nl;
/* Reset point for the next line and start scanning it. */
fs->point_col = 0;
buf += r + 1; /* Skip full line plus \n. */
}
else
{
/* The buffer ends with a partial line that is beyond the
maximum line width. Advance point for the characters
written, and discard those past the max from the buffer. */
fs->point_col += len;
fs->p -= fs->point_col - r;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Do word wrap. Go to the column just past the maximum line
width and scan back for the beginning of the word there.
Then insert a line break. */
char *p, *nextline;
int i;
p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col);
while (p >= buf && !isblank ((unsigned char) *p))
--p;
nextline = p + 1; /* This will begin the next line. */
if (nextline > buf)
{
/* Swallow separating blanks. */
if (p >= buf)
do
--p;
while (p >= buf && isblank ((unsigned char) *p));
nl = p + 1; /* The newline will replace the first blank. */
}
else
{
/* A single word that is greater than the maximum line width.
Oh well. Put it on an overlong line by itself. */
p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col);
/* Find the end of the long word. */
if (p < nl)
do
++p;
while (p < nl && !isblank ((unsigned char) *p));
if (p == nl)
{
/* It already ends a line. No fussing required. */
fs->point_col = 0;
buf = nl + 1;
continue;
}
/* We will move the newline to replace the first blank. */
nl = p;
/* Swallow separating blanks. */
do
++p;
while (isblank ((unsigned char) *p));
/* The next line will start here. */
nextline = p;
}
/* Note: There are a bunch of tests below for
NEXTLINE == BUF + LEN + 1; this case is where NL happens to fall
at the end of the buffer, and NEXTLINE is in fact empty (and so
we need not be careful to maintain its contents). */
if ((nextline == buf + len + 1
? fs->end - nl < fs->wmargin + 1
: nextline - (nl + 1) < fs->wmargin)
&& fs->p > nextline)
{
/* The margin needs more blanks than we removed. */
if (fs->end - fs->p > fs->wmargin + 1)
/* Make some space for them. */
{
size_t mv = fs->p - nextline;
memmove (nl + 1 + fs->wmargin, nextline, mv);
nextline = nl + 1 + fs->wmargin;
len = nextline + mv - buf;
*nl++ = '\n';
}
else
/* Output the first line so we can use the space. */
{
#ifdef _LIBC
__fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s\n",
(int) (nl - fs->buf), fs->buf);
#else
if (nl > fs->buf)
fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, nl - fs->buf, fs->stream);
putc_unlocked ('\n', fs->stream);
#endif
len += buf - fs->buf;
nl = buf = fs->buf;
}
}
else
/* We can fit the newline and blanks in before
the next word. */
*nl++ = '\n';
if (nextline - nl >= fs->wmargin
|| (nextline == buf + len + 1 && fs->end - nextline >= fs->wmargin))
/* Add blanks up to the wrap margin column. */
for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
*nl++ = ' ';
else
for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream);
else
#endif
putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream);
/* Copy the tail of the original buffer into the current buffer
position. */
if (nl < nextline)
memmove (nl, nextline, buf + len - nextline);
len -= nextline - buf;
/* Continue the scan on the remaining lines in the buffer. */
buf = nl;
/* Restore bufp to include all the remaining text. */
fs->p = nl + len;
/* Reset the counter of what has been output this line. If wmargin
is 0, we want to avoid the lmargin getting added, so we set
point_col to a magic value of -1 in that case. */
fs->point_col = fs->wmargin ? fs->wmargin : -1;
}
}
/* Remember that we've scanned as far as the end of the buffer. */
fs->point_offs = fs->p - fs->buf;
}
/* Ensure that FS has space for AMOUNT more bytes in its buffer, either by
growing the buffer, or by flushing it. True is returned iff we succeed. */
int
__argp_fmtstream_ensure (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, size_t amount)
{
if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->p) < amount)
{
ssize_t wrote;
/* Flush FS's buffer. */
__argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
#ifdef _LIBC
__fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf);
wrote = fs->p - fs->buf;
#else
wrote = fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
#endif
if (wrote == fs->p - fs->buf)
{
fs->p = fs->buf;
fs->point_offs = 0;
}
else
{
fs->p -= wrote;
fs->point_offs -= wrote;
memmove (fs->buf, fs->buf + wrote, fs->p - fs->buf);
return 0;
}
if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->buf) < amount)
/* Gotta grow the buffer. */
{
size_t old_size = fs->end - fs->buf;
size_t new_size = old_size + amount;
char *new_buf;
if (new_size < old_size || ! (new_buf = realloc (fs->buf, new_size)))
{
__set_errno (ENOMEM);
return 0;
}
fs->buf = new_buf;
fs->end = new_buf + new_size;
fs->p = fs->buf;
}
}
return 1;
}
ssize_t
__argp_fmtstream_printf (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, const char *fmt, ...)
{
int out;
size_t avail;
size_t size_guess = PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS; /* How much space to reserve. */
do
{
va_list args;
if (! __argp_fmtstream_ensure (fs, size_guess))
return -1;
va_start (args, fmt);
avail = fs->end - fs->p;
out = __vsnprintf (fs->p, avail, fmt, args);
va_end (args);
if ((size_t) out >= avail)
size_guess = out + 1;
}
while ((size_t) out >= avail);
fs->p += out;
return out;
}
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_printf, argp_fmtstream_printf)
#endif
#endif
#endif /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */

354
gnulib/argp-fmtstream.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams.
Copyright (C) 1997, 2006-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This package emulates glibc `line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
don't have that. If the system does have it, it is just a wrapper for
that. This header file is only used internally while compiling argp, and
shouldn't be installed. */
#ifndef _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
#define _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#ifndef __attribute__
/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
We enable __attribute__ only if these are supported too, because
gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
the 'printf' function. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
# endif
#endif
#if (_LIBC - 0 && !defined (USE_IN_LIBIO)) \
|| (defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && defined (HAVE_LINEWRAP_H))
/* line_wrap_stream is available, so use that. */
#define ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
#endif
#ifdef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
/* Just be a simple wrapper for line_wrap_stream; the semantics are
*slightly* different, as line_wrap_stream doesn't actually make a new
object, it just modifies the given stream (reversibly) to do
line-wrapping. Since we control who uses this code, it doesn't matter. */
#include <linewrap.h>
typedef FILE *argp_fmtstream_t;
#define argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
#define __argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
#define argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
#define __argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
#define __argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
#define argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
#define __argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
#define argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
#define __argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
#define argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
#define __argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
#define argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
#define argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
#else /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
/* Guess we have to define our own version. */
struct argp_fmtstream
{
FILE *stream; /* The stream we're outputting to. */
size_t lmargin, rmargin; /* Left and right margins. */
ssize_t wmargin; /* Margin to wrap to, or -1 to truncate. */
/* Point in buffer to which we've processed for wrapping, but not output. */
size_t point_offs;
/* Output column at POINT_OFFS, or -1 meaning 0 but don't add lmargin. */
ssize_t point_col;
char *buf; /* Output buffer. */
char *p; /* Current end of text in BUF. */
char *end; /* Absolute end of BUF. */
};
typedef struct argp_fmtstream *argp_fmtstream_t;
/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
total. If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
Returns NULL if there was an error. */
extern argp_fmtstream_t __argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
size_t __lmargin,
size_t __rmargin,
ssize_t __wmargin);
extern argp_fmtstream_t argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
size_t __lmargin,
size_t __rmargin,
ssize_t __wmargin);
/* Flush __FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream). */
extern void __argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern void argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern ssize_t __argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (printf, 2, 3)));
extern ssize_t argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (printf, 2, 3)));
#if _LIBC || !defined __OPTIMIZE__
extern int __argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
extern int argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
extern int __argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str);
extern int argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__str, size_t __len);
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__str, size_t __len);
#endif
/* Access macros for various bits of state. */
#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->lmargin)
#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->rmargin)
#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->wmargin)
#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
#if _LIBC || !defined __OPTIMIZE__
/* Set __FS's left margin to LMARGIN and return the old value. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __lmargin);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __lmargin);
/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __rmargin);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __rmargin);
/* Set __FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __wmargin);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __wmargin);
/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
#endif
/* Internal routines. */
extern void _argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern void __argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern int _argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
extern int __argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
#ifdef __OPTIMIZE__
/* Inline versions of above routines. */
#if !_LIBC
#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
#endif
#ifndef ARGP_FS_EI
# ifdef __GNUC__
/* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used. It defines a macro
__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ to indicate this situation or a macro
__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate the opposite situation.
GCC 4.2 with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements the GNU C inline
semantics but warns, unless -fgnu89-inline is used:
warning: C99 inline functions are not supported; using GNU89
warning: to disable this warning use -fgnu89-inline or the gnu_inline function attribute
It defines a macro __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate this situation.
Whereas Apple GCC 4.0.1 build 5479 without -std=c99 or -std=gnu99
implements the GNU C inline semantics and defines the macro
__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__, but it does not warn and does not support
__attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__)).
All in all, these are the possible combinations. For every compiler,
we need to choose ARGP_FS_EI so that the corresponding table cell
contains an "ok".
\ ARGP_FS_EI inline extern extern
\ inline inline
CC \ __attribute__
((gnu_inline))
gcc 4.3.0 error ok ok
gcc 4.3.0 -std=gnu99 -fgnu89-inline error ok ok
gcc 4.3.0 -std=gnu99 ok error ok
gcc 4.2.2 error ok ok
gcc 4.2.2 -std=gnu99 -fgnu89-inline error ok ok
gcc 4.2.2 -std=gnu99 error warning ok
gcc 4.1.2 error ok warning
gcc 4.1.2 -std=gnu99 error ok warning
Apple gcc 4.0.1 error ok warning
Apple gcc 4.0.1 -std=gnu99 ok error warning
*/
# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
# define ARGP_FS_EI inline
# elif __GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 2)
# define ARGP_FS_EI extern inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
# else
# define ARGP_FS_EI extern inline
# endif
# else
/* With other compilers, assume the ISO C99 meaning of 'inline', if
the compiler supports 'inline' at all. */
# define ARGP_FS_EI inline
# endif
#endif
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__str, size_t __len)
{
if (__fs->p + __len <= __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, __len))
{
memcpy (__fs->p, __str, __len);
__fs->p += __len;
return __len;
}
else
return 0;
}
ARGP_FS_EI int
__argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str)
{
size_t __len = strlen (__str);
if (__len)
{
size_t __wrote = __argp_fmtstream_write (__fs, __str, __len);
return __wrote == __len ? 0 : -1;
}
else
return 0;
}
ARGP_FS_EI int
__argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch)
{
if (__fs->p < __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, 1))
return *__fs->p++ = __ch;
else
return EOF;
}
/* Set __FS's left margin to __LMARGIN and return the old value. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __lmargin)
{
size_t __old;
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
__old = __fs->lmargin;
__fs->lmargin = __lmargin;
return __old;
}
/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __rmargin)
{
size_t __old;
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
__old = __fs->rmargin;
__fs->rmargin = __rmargin;
return __old;
}
/* Set FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __wmargin)
{
size_t __old;
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
__old = __fs->wmargin;
__fs->wmargin = __wmargin;
return __old;
}
/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs)
{
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
return __fs->point_col >= 0 ? __fs->point_col : 0;
}
#if !_LIBC
#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
#endif
#endif /* __OPTIMIZE__ */
#endif /* ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
#endif /* argp-fmtstream.h */

42
gnulib/argp-fs-xinl.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp-fmtstream.h
Copyright (C) 1997, 2003, 2004, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#define ARGP_FS_EI
#undef __OPTIMIZE__
#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1
#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
/* Add weak aliases. */
#if _LIBC - 0 && !defined (ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP) && defined (weak_alias)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_putc, argp_fmtstream_putc)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_puts, argp_fmtstream_puts)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_write, argp_fmtstream_write)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_point, argp_fmtstream_point)
#endif
#endif

1951
gnulib/argp-help.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

157
gnulib/argp-namefrob.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
/* Name frobnication for compiling argp outside of glibc
Copyright (C) 1997, 2003, 2007, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#if !_LIBC
/* This code is written for inclusion in gnu-libc, and uses names in the
namespace reserved for libc. If we're not compiling in libc, define those
names to be the normal ones instead. */
/* argp-parse functions */
#undef __argp_parse
#define __argp_parse argp_parse
#undef __option_is_end
#define __option_is_end _option_is_end
#undef __option_is_short
#define __option_is_short _option_is_short
#undef __argp_input
#define __argp_input _argp_input
/* argp-help functions */
#undef __argp_help
#define __argp_help argp_help
#undef __argp_error
#define __argp_error argp_error
#undef __argp_failure
#define __argp_failure argp_failure
#undef __argp_state_help
#define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
#undef __argp_usage
#define __argp_usage argp_usage
/* argp-fmtstream functions */
#undef __argp_make_fmtstream
#define __argp_make_fmtstream argp_make_fmtstream
#undef __argp_fmtstream_free
#define __argp_fmtstream_free argp_fmtstream_free
#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
#undef __argp_fmtstream_printf
#define __argp_fmtstream_printf argp_fmtstream_printf
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
#undef __argp_fmtstream_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
/* normal libc functions we call */
#undef __flockfile
#define __flockfile flockfile
#undef __funlockfile
#define __funlockfile funlockfile
#undef __mempcpy
#define __mempcpy mempcpy
#undef __sleep
#define __sleep sleep
#undef __strcasecmp
#define __strcasecmp strcasecmp
#undef __strchrnul
#define __strchrnul strchrnul
#undef __strerror_r
#define __strerror_r strerror_r
#undef __strndup
#define __strndup strndup
#undef __vsnprintf
#define __vsnprintf vsnprintf
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
# define clearerr_unlocked(x) clearerr (x)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
# define feof_unlocked(x) feof (x)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
# define ferror_unlocked(x) ferror (x)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
# define fflush_unlocked(x) fflush (x)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
# define fgets_unlocked(x,y,z) fgets (x,y,z)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
# define fputc_unlocked(x,y) fputc (x,y)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
# define fputs_unlocked(x,y) fputs (x,y)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
# define fread_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fread (w,x,y,z)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
# define fwrite_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fwrite (w,x,y,z)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
# define getc_unlocked(x) getc (x)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
# define getchar_unlocked() getchar ()
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
# define putc_unlocked(x,y) putc (x,y)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
# define putchar_unlocked(x) putchar (x)
# endif
#endif /* !_LIBC */
#ifndef __set_errno
#define __set_errno(e) (errno = (e))
#endif
#if defined GNULIB_ARGP_DISABLE_DIRNAME
# define __argp_base_name(arg) arg
#elif defined GNULIB_ARGP_EXTERN_BASENAME
extern char *__argp_base_name (const char *arg);
#else
# include "dirname.h"
# define __argp_base_name last_component
#endif
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
# define __argp_short_program_name() (program_invocation_short_name)
#else
extern char *__argp_short_program_name (void);
#endif

952
gnulib/argp-parse.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,952 @@
/* Hierarchial argument parsing, layered over getopt
Copyright (C) 1995-2000, 2002-2004, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <alloca.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <getopt.h>
#include <getopt_int.h>
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
# undef dgettext
# define dgettext(domain, msgid) \
INTUSE(__dcgettext) (domain, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#else
# include "gettext.h"
#endif
#define N_(msgid) msgid
#include "argp.h"
#include "argp-namefrob.h"
#define alignof(type) offsetof (struct { char c; type x; }, x)
#define alignto(n, d) ((((n) + (d) - 1) / (d)) * (d))
/* Getopt return values. */
#define KEY_END (-1) /* The end of the options. */
#define KEY_ARG 1 /* A non-option argument. */
#define KEY_ERR '?' /* An error parsing the options. */
/* The meta-argument used to prevent any further arguments being interpreted
as options. */
#define QUOTE "--"
/* The number of bits we steal in a long-option value for our own use. */
#define GROUP_BITS CHAR_BIT
/* The number of bits available for the user value. */
#define USER_BITS ((sizeof ((struct option *)0)->val * CHAR_BIT) - GROUP_BITS)
#define USER_MASK ((1 << USER_BITS) - 1)
/* EZ alias for ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN. */
#define EBADKEY ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN
/* Default options. */
/* When argp is given the --HANG switch, _ARGP_HANG is set and argp will sleep
for one second intervals, decrementing _ARGP_HANG until it's zero. Thus
you can force the program to continue by attaching a debugger and setting
it to 0 yourself. */
static volatile int _argp_hang;
#define OPT_PROGNAME -2
#define OPT_USAGE -3
#define OPT_HANG -4
static const struct argp_option argp_default_options[] =
{
{"help", '?', 0, 0, N_("give this help list"), -1},
{"usage", OPT_USAGE, 0, 0, N_("give a short usage message"), 0},
{"program-name",OPT_PROGNAME,N_("NAME"), OPTION_HIDDEN, N_("set the program name"), 0},
{"HANG", OPT_HANG, N_("SECS"), OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTION_HIDDEN,
N_("hang for SECS seconds (default 3600)"), 0},
{NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
static error_t
argp_default_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
{
switch (key)
{
case '?':
__argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream, ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP);
break;
case OPT_USAGE:
__argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream,
ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK);
break;
case OPT_PROGNAME: /* Set the program name. */
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
program_invocation_name = arg;
#endif
/* [Note that some systems only have PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME (aka
__PROGNAME), in which case, PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME is just defined
to be that, so we have to be a bit careful here.] */
/* Update what we use for messages. */
state->name = __argp_base_name (arg);
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
program_invocation_short_name = state->name;
#endif
if ((state->flags & (ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 | ARGP_NO_ERRS))
== ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
/* Update what getopt uses too. */
state->argv[0] = arg;
break;
case OPT_HANG:
_argp_hang = atoi (arg ? arg : "3600");
while (_argp_hang-- > 0)
__sleep (1);
break;
default:
return EBADKEY;
}
return 0;
}
static const struct argp argp_default_argp =
{argp_default_options, &argp_default_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"};
static const struct argp_option argp_version_options[] =
{
{"version", 'V', 0, 0, N_("print program version"), -1},
{NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
static error_t
argp_version_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
{
switch (key)
{
case 'V':
if (argp_program_version_hook)
(*argp_program_version_hook) (state->out_stream, state);
else if (argp_program_version)
fprintf (state->out_stream, "%s\n", argp_program_version);
else
__argp_error (state, dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
"(PROGRAM ERROR) No version known!?"));
if (! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT))
exit (0);
break;
default:
return EBADKEY;
}
return 0;
}
static const struct argp argp_version_argp =
{argp_version_options, &argp_version_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"};
/* Returns the offset into the getopt long options array LONG_OPTIONS of a
long option with called NAME, or -1 if none is found. Passing NULL as
NAME will return the number of options. */
static int
find_long_option (struct option *long_options, const char *name)
{
struct option *l = long_options;
while (l->name != NULL)
if (name != NULL && strcmp (l->name, name) == 0)
return l - long_options;
else
l++;
if (name == NULL)
return l - long_options;
else
return -1;
}
/* The state of a `group' during parsing. Each group corresponds to a
particular argp structure from the tree of such descending from the top
level argp passed to argp_parse. */
struct group
{
/* This group's parsing function. */
argp_parser_t parser;
/* Which argp this group is from. */
const struct argp *argp;
/* Points to the point in SHORT_OPTS corresponding to the end of the short
options for this group. We use it to determine from which group a
particular short options is from. */
char *short_end;
/* The number of non-option args sucessfully handled by this parser. */
unsigned args_processed;
/* This group's parser's parent's group. */
struct group *parent;
unsigned parent_index; /* And the our position in the parent. */
/* These fields are swapped into and out of the state structure when
calling this group's parser. */
void *input, **child_inputs;
void *hook;
};
/* Call GROUP's parser with KEY and ARG, swapping any group-specific info
from STATE before calling, and back into state afterwards. If GROUP has
no parser, EBADKEY is returned. */
static error_t
group_parse (struct group *group, struct argp_state *state, int key, char *arg)
{
if (group->parser)
{
error_t err;
state->hook = group->hook;
state->input = group->input;
state->child_inputs = group->child_inputs;
state->arg_num = group->args_processed;
err = (*group->parser)(key, arg, state);
group->hook = state->hook;
return err;
}
else
return EBADKEY;
}
struct parser
{
const struct argp *argp;
/* SHORT_OPTS is the getopt short options string for the union of all the
groups of options. */
char *short_opts;
/* LONG_OPTS is the array of getop long option structures for the union of
all the groups of options. */
struct option *long_opts;
/* OPT_DATA is the getopt data used for the re-entrant getopt. */
struct _getopt_data opt_data;
/* States of the various parsing groups. */
struct group *groups;
/* The end of the GROUPS array. */
struct group *egroup;
/* An vector containing storage for the CHILD_INPUTS field in all groups. */
void **child_inputs;
/* True if we think using getopt is still useful; if false, then
remaining arguments are just passed verbatim with ARGP_KEY_ARG. This is
cleared whenever getopt returns KEY_END, but may be set again if the user
moves the next argument pointer backwards. */
int try_getopt;
/* State block supplied to parsing routines. */
struct argp_state state;
/* Memory used by this parser. */
void *storage;
};
/* The next usable entries in the various parser tables being filled in by
convert_options. */
struct parser_convert_state
{
struct parser *parser;
char *short_end;
struct option *long_end;
void **child_inputs_end;
};
/* Converts all options in ARGP (which is put in GROUP) and ancestors
into getopt options stored in SHORT_OPTS and LONG_OPTS; SHORT_END and
CVT->LONG_END are the points at which new options are added. Returns the
next unused group entry. CVT holds state used during the conversion. */
static struct group *
convert_options (const struct argp *argp,
struct group *parent, unsigned parent_index,
struct group *group, struct parser_convert_state *cvt)
{
/* REAL is the most recent non-alias value of OPT. */
const struct argp_option *real = argp->options;
const struct argp_child *children = argp->children;
if (real || argp->parser)
{
const struct argp_option *opt;
if (real)
for (opt = real; !__option_is_end (opt); opt++)
{
if (! (opt->flags & OPTION_ALIAS))
/* OPT isn't an alias, so we can use values from it. */
real = opt;
if (! (real->flags & OPTION_DOC))
/* A real option (not just documentation). */
{
if (__option_is_short (opt))
/* OPT can be used as a short option. */
{
*cvt->short_end++ = opt->key;
if (real->arg)
{
*cvt->short_end++ = ':';
if (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
*cvt->short_end++ = ':';
}
*cvt->short_end = '\0'; /* keep 0 terminated */
}
if (opt->name
&& find_long_option (cvt->parser->long_opts, opt->name) < 0)
/* OPT can be used as a long option. */
{
cvt->long_end->name = opt->name;
cvt->long_end->has_arg =
(real->arg
? (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL
? optional_argument
: required_argument)
: no_argument);
cvt->long_end->flag = 0;
/* we add a disambiguating code to all the user's
values (which is removed before we actually call
the function to parse the value); this means that
the user loses use of the high 8 bits in all his
values (the sign of the lower bits is preserved
however)... */
cvt->long_end->val =
((opt->key ? opt->key : real->key) & USER_MASK)
+ (((group - cvt->parser->groups) + 1) << USER_BITS);
/* Keep the LONG_OPTS list terminated. */
(++cvt->long_end)->name = NULL;
}
}
}
group->parser = argp->parser;
group->argp = argp;
group->short_end = cvt->short_end;
group->args_processed = 0;
group->parent = parent;
group->parent_index = parent_index;
group->input = 0;
group->hook = 0;
group->child_inputs = 0;
if (children)
/* Assign GROUP's CHILD_INPUTS field some space from
CVT->child_inputs_end.*/
{
unsigned num_children = 0;
while (children[num_children].argp)
num_children++;
group->child_inputs = cvt->child_inputs_end;
cvt->child_inputs_end += num_children;
}
parent = group++;
}
else
parent = 0;
if (children)
{
unsigned index = 0;
while (children->argp)
group =
convert_options (children++->argp, parent, index++, group, cvt);
}
return group;
}
/* Find the merged set of getopt options, with keys appropiately prefixed. */
static void
parser_convert (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp, int flags)
{
struct parser_convert_state cvt;
cvt.parser = parser;
cvt.short_end = parser->short_opts;
cvt.long_end = parser->long_opts;
cvt.child_inputs_end = parser->child_inputs;
if (flags & ARGP_IN_ORDER)
*cvt.short_end++ = '-';
else if (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS)
*cvt.short_end++ = '+';
*cvt.short_end = '\0';
cvt.long_end->name = NULL;
parser->argp = argp;
if (argp)
parser->egroup = convert_options (argp, 0, 0, parser->groups, &cvt);
else
parser->egroup = parser->groups; /* No parsers at all! */
}
/* Lengths of various parser fields which we will allocated. */
struct parser_sizes
{
size_t short_len; /* Getopt short options string. */
size_t long_len; /* Getopt long options vector. */
size_t num_groups; /* Group structures we allocate. */
size_t num_child_inputs; /* Child input slots. */
};
/* For ARGP, increments the NUM_GROUPS field in SZS by the total number of
argp structures descended from it, and the SHORT_LEN & LONG_LEN fields by
the maximum lengths of the resulting merged getopt short options string and
long-options array, respectively. */
static void
calc_sizes (const struct argp *argp, struct parser_sizes *szs)
{
const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
const struct argp_option *opt = argp->options;
if (opt || argp->parser)
{
szs->num_groups++;
if (opt)
{
int num_opts = 0;
while (!__option_is_end (opt++))
num_opts++;
szs->short_len += num_opts * 3; /* opt + up to 2 `:'s */
szs->long_len += num_opts;
}
}
if (child)
while (child->argp)
{
calc_sizes ((child++)->argp, szs);
szs->num_child_inputs++;
}
}
/* Initializes PARSER to parse ARGP in a manner described by FLAGS. */
static error_t
parser_init (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp,
int argc, char **argv, int flags, void *input)
{
error_t err = 0;
struct group *group;
struct parser_sizes szs;
struct _getopt_data opt_data = _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER;
char *storage;
size_t glen, gsum;
size_t clen, csum;
size_t llen, lsum;
size_t slen, ssum;
szs.short_len = (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS) ? 0 : 1;
szs.long_len = 0;
szs.num_groups = 0;
szs.num_child_inputs = 0;
if (argp)
calc_sizes (argp, &szs);
/* Lengths of the various bits of storage used by PARSER. */
glen = (szs.num_groups + 1) * sizeof (struct group);
clen = szs.num_child_inputs * sizeof (void *);
llen = (szs.long_len + 1) * sizeof (struct option);
slen = szs.short_len + 1;
/* Sums of previous lengths, properly aligned. There's no need to
align gsum, since struct group is aligned at least as strictly as
void * (since it contains a void * member). And there's no need
to align lsum, since struct option is aligned at least as
strictly as char. */
gsum = glen;
csum = alignto (gsum + clen, alignof (struct option));
lsum = csum + llen;
ssum = lsum + slen;
parser->storage = malloc (ssum);
if (! parser->storage)
return ENOMEM;
storage = parser->storage;
parser->groups = parser->storage;
parser->child_inputs = (void **) (storage + gsum);
parser->long_opts = (struct option *) (storage + csum);
parser->short_opts = storage + lsum;
parser->opt_data = opt_data;
memset (parser->child_inputs, 0, clen);
parser_convert (parser, argp, flags);
memset (&parser->state, 0, sizeof (struct argp_state));
parser->state.root_argp = parser->argp;
parser->state.argc = argc;
parser->state.argv = argv;
parser->state.flags = flags;
parser->state.err_stream = stderr;
parser->state.out_stream = stdout;
parser->state.next = 0; /* Tell getopt to initialize. */
parser->state.pstate = parser;
parser->try_getopt = 1;
/* Call each parser for the first time, giving it a chance to propagate
values to child parsers. */
if (parser->groups < parser->egroup)
parser->groups->input = input;
for (group = parser->groups;
group < parser->egroup && (!err || err == EBADKEY);
group++)
{
if (group->parent)
/* If a child parser, get the initial input value from the parent. */
group->input = group->parent->child_inputs[group->parent_index];
if (!group->parser
&& group->argp->children && group->argp->children->argp)
/* For the special case where no parsing function is supplied for an
argp, propagate its input to its first child, if any (this just
makes very simple wrapper argps more convenient). */
group->child_inputs[0] = group->input;
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_INIT, 0);
}
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
if (err)
return err;
if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)
{
parser->opt_data.opterr = 0;
if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
/* getopt always skips ARGV[0], so we have to fake it out. As long
as OPTERR is 0, then it shouldn't actually try to access it. */
parser->state.argv--, parser->state.argc++;
}
else
parser->opt_data.opterr = 1; /* Print error messages. */
if (parser->state.argv == argv && argv[0])
/* There's an argv[0]; use it for messages. */
parser->state.name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]);
else
parser->state.name = __argp_short_program_name ();
return 0;
}
/* Free any storage consumed by PARSER (but not PARSER itself). */
static error_t
parser_finalize (struct parser *parser,
error_t err, int arg_ebadkey, int *end_index)
{
struct group *group;
if (err == EBADKEY && arg_ebadkey)
/* Suppress errors generated by unparsed arguments. */
err = 0;
if (! err)
{
if (parser->state.next == parser->state.argc)
/* We successfully parsed all arguments! Call all the parsers again,
just a few more times... */
{
for (group = parser->groups;
group < parser->egroup && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
group++)
if (group->args_processed == 0)
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS, 0);
for (group = parser->egroup - 1;
group >= parser->groups && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
group--)
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_END, 0);
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
/* Tell the user that all arguments are parsed. */
if (end_index)
*end_index = parser->state.next;
}
else if (end_index)
/* Return any remaining arguments to the user. */
*end_index = parser->state.next;
else
/* No way to return the remaining arguments, they must be bogus. */
{
if (!(parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)
&& parser->state.err_stream)
fprintf (parser->state.err_stream,
dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain,
"%s: Too many arguments\n"),
parser->state.name);
err = EBADKEY;
}
}
/* Okay, we're all done, with either an error or success; call the parsers
to indicate which one. */
if (err)
{
/* Maybe print an error message. */
if (err == EBADKEY)
/* An appropriate message describing what the error was should have
been printed earlier. */
__argp_state_help (&parser->state, parser->state.err_stream,
ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR);
/* Since we didn't exit, give each parser an error indication. */
for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_ERROR, 0);
}
else
/* Notify parsers of success, and propagate back values from parsers. */
{
/* We pass over the groups in reverse order so that child groups are
given a chance to do there processing before passing back a value to
the parent. */
for (group = parser->egroup - 1
; group >= parser->groups && (!err || err == EBADKEY)
; group--)
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS, 0);
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
}
/* Call parsers once more, to do any final cleanup. Errors are ignored. */
for (group = parser->egroup - 1; group >= parser->groups; group--)
group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_FINI, 0);
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = EINVAL;
free (parser->storage);
return err;
}
/* Call the user parsers to parse the non-option argument VAL, at the current
position, returning any error. The state NEXT pointer is assumed to have
been adjusted (by getopt) to point after this argument; this function will
adjust it correctly to reflect however many args actually end up being
consumed. */
static error_t
parser_parse_arg (struct parser *parser, char *val)
{
/* Save the starting value of NEXT, first adjusting it so that the arg
we're parsing is again the front of the arg vector. */
int index = --parser->state.next;
error_t err = EBADKEY;
struct group *group;
int key = 0; /* Which of ARGP_KEY_ARG[S] we used. */
/* Try to parse the argument in each parser. */
for (group = parser->groups
; group < parser->egroup && err == EBADKEY
; group++)
{
parser->state.next++; /* For ARGP_KEY_ARG, consume the arg. */
key = ARGP_KEY_ARG;
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, val);
if (err == EBADKEY)
/* This parser doesn't like ARGP_KEY_ARG; try ARGP_KEY_ARGS instead. */
{
parser->state.next--; /* For ARGP_KEY_ARGS, put back the arg. */
key = ARGP_KEY_ARGS;
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, 0);
}
}
if (! err)
{
if (key == ARGP_KEY_ARGS)
/* The default for ARGP_KEY_ARGS is to assume that if NEXT isn't
changed by the user, *all* arguments should be considered
consumed. */
parser->state.next = parser->state.argc;
if (parser->state.next > index)
/* Remember that we successfully processed a non-option
argument -- but only if the user hasn't gotten tricky and set
the clock back. */
(--group)->args_processed += (parser->state.next - index);
else
/* The user wants to reparse some args, give getopt another try. */
parser->try_getopt = 1;
}
return err;
}
/* Call the user parsers to parse the option OPT, with argument VAL, at the
current position, returning any error. */
static error_t
parser_parse_opt (struct parser *parser, int opt, char *val)
{
/* The group key encoded in the high bits; 0 for short opts or
group_number + 1 for long opts. */
int group_key = opt >> USER_BITS;
error_t err = EBADKEY;
if (group_key == 0)
/* A short option. By comparing OPT's position in SHORT_OPTS to the
various starting positions in each group's SHORT_END field, we can
determine which group OPT came from. */
{
struct group *group;
char *short_index = strchr (parser->short_opts, opt);
if (short_index)
for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
if (group->short_end > short_index)
{
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, opt,
parser->opt_data.optarg);
break;
}
}
else
/* A long option. We use shifts instead of masking for extracting
the user value in order to preserve the sign. */
err =
group_parse (&parser->groups[group_key - 1], &parser->state,
(opt << GROUP_BITS) >> GROUP_BITS,
parser->opt_data.optarg);
if (err == EBADKEY)
/* At least currently, an option not recognized is an error in the
parser, because we pre-compute which parser is supposed to deal
with each option. */
{
static const char bad_key_err[] =
N_("(PROGRAM ERROR) Option should have been recognized!?");
if (group_key == 0)
__argp_error (&parser->state, "-%c: %s", opt,
dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
else
{
struct option *long_opt = parser->long_opts;
while (long_opt->val != opt && long_opt->name)
long_opt++;
__argp_error (&parser->state, "--%s: %s",
long_opt->name ? long_opt->name : "???",
dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
}
}
return err;
}
/* Parse the next argument in PARSER (as indicated by PARSER->state.next).
Any error from the parsers is returned, and *ARGP_EBADKEY indicates
whether a value of EBADKEY is due to an unrecognized argument (which is
generally not fatal). */
static error_t
parser_parse_next (struct parser *parser, int *arg_ebadkey)
{
int opt;
error_t err = 0;
if (parser->state.quoted && parser->state.next < parser->state.quoted)
/* The next argument pointer has been moved to before the quoted
region, so pretend we never saw the quoting `--', and give getopt
another chance. If the user hasn't removed it, getopt will just
process it again. */
parser->state.quoted = 0;
if (parser->try_getopt && !parser->state.quoted)
/* Give getopt a chance to parse this. */
{
/* Put it back in OPTIND for getopt. */
parser->opt_data.optind = parser->state.next;
/* Distinguish KEY_ERR from a real option. */
parser->opt_data.optopt = KEY_END;
if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_LONG_ONLY)
opt = _getopt_long_only_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0,
&parser->opt_data);
else
opt = _getopt_long_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0,
&parser->opt_data);
/* And see what getopt did. */
parser->state.next = parser->opt_data.optind;
if (opt == KEY_END)
/* Getopt says there are no more options, so stop using
getopt; we'll continue if necessary on our own. */
{
parser->try_getopt = 0;
if (parser->state.next > 1
&& strcmp (parser->state.argv[parser->state.next - 1], QUOTE)
== 0)
/* Not only is this the end of the options, but it's a
`quoted' region, which may have args that *look* like
options, so we definitely shouldn't try to use getopt past
here, whatever happens. */
parser->state.quoted = parser->state.next;
}
else if (opt == KEY_ERR && parser->opt_data.optopt != KEY_END)
/* KEY_ERR can have the same value as a valid user short
option, but in the case of a real error, getopt sets OPTOPT
to the offending character, which can never be KEY_END. */
{
*arg_ebadkey = 0;
return EBADKEY;
}
}
else
opt = KEY_END;
if (opt == KEY_END)
{
/* We're past what getopt considers the options. */
if (parser->state.next >= parser->state.argc
|| (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS))
/* Indicate that we're done. */
{
*arg_ebadkey = 1;
return EBADKEY;
}
else
/* A non-option arg; simulate what getopt might have done. */
{
opt = KEY_ARG;
parser->opt_data.optarg = parser->state.argv[parser->state.next++];
}
}
if (opt == KEY_ARG)
/* A non-option argument; try each parser in turn. */
err = parser_parse_arg (parser, parser->opt_data.optarg);
else
err = parser_parse_opt (parser, opt, parser->opt_data.optarg);
if (err == EBADKEY)
*arg_ebadkey = (opt == KEY_END || opt == KEY_ARG);
return err;
}
/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the argp in ARGP.
FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above. If END_INDEX is non-NULL, the
index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it. If an
unknown option is present, EINVAL is returned; if some parser routine
returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is returned. */
error_t
__argp_parse (const struct argp *argp, int argc, char **argv, unsigned flags,
int *end_index, void *input)
{
error_t err;
struct parser parser;
/* If true, then err == EBADKEY is a result of a non-option argument failing
to be parsed (which in some cases isn't actually an error). */
int arg_ebadkey = 0;
#ifndef _LIBC
if (!(flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0))
{
#ifdef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
if (!program_invocation_name)
program_invocation_name = argv[0];
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
if (!program_invocation_short_name)
program_invocation_short_name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]);
#endif
}
#endif
if (! (flags & ARGP_NO_HELP))
/* Add our own options. */
{
struct argp_child *child = alloca (4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
struct argp *top_argp = alloca (sizeof (struct argp));
/* TOP_ARGP has no options, it just serves to group the user & default
argps. */
memset (top_argp, 0, sizeof (*top_argp));
top_argp->children = child;
memset (child, 0, 4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
if (argp)
(child++)->argp = argp;
(child++)->argp = &argp_default_argp;
if (argp_program_version || argp_program_version_hook)
(child++)->argp = &argp_version_argp;
child->argp = 0;
argp = top_argp;
}
/* Construct a parser for these arguments. */
err = parser_init (&parser, argp, argc, argv, flags, input);
if (! err)
/* Parse! */
{
while (! err)
err = parser_parse_next (&parser, &arg_ebadkey);
err = parser_finalize (&parser, err, arg_ebadkey, end_index);
}
return err;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_parse, argp_parse)
#endif
/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
by the help routines. */
void *
__argp_input (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state)
{
if (state)
{
struct group *group;
struct parser *parser = state->pstate;
for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
if (group->argp == argp)
return group->input;
}
return 0;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_input, _argp_input)
#endif

27
gnulib/argp-pin.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
/* Full and short program names for argp module
Copyright (C) 2005, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
char *program_invocation_short_name = 0;
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
char *program_invocation_name = 0;
#endif

34
gnulib/argp-pv.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION.
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2006, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
--version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which will
print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used). Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. */
const char *argp_program_version
/* This variable should be zero-initialized. On most systems, putting it into
BSS is sufficient. Not so on MacOS X 10.3 and 10.4, see
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-01/msg00329.html>
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-08/msg00096.html>. */
#if defined __ELF__
/* On ELF systems, variables in BSS behave well. */
#else
= (const char *) 0
#endif
;

31
gnulib/argp-pvh.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK.
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2004, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "argp.h"
/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
--version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which calls
this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to the
current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
used). This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. */
void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state) = NULL;

38
gnulib/argp-version-etc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
/* Version hook for Argp.
Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include <version-etc.h>
#include <argp.h>
#include <argp-version-etc.h>
static const char *program_canonical_name;
static const char * const *program_authors;
static void
version_etc_hook (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state)
{
version_etc_ar (stream, program_canonical_name, PACKAGE_NAME, VERSION,
program_authors);
}
void
argp_version_setup (const char *name, const char * const *authors)
{
argp_program_version_hook = version_etc_hook;
program_canonical_name = name;
program_authors = authors;
}

40
gnulib/argp-version-etc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
/* Version hook for Argp.
Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _ARGP_VERSION_ETC_H
#define _ARGP_VERSION_ETC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Setup standard display of the version information for the `--version'
option. NAME is the canonical program name, and AUTHORS is a NULL-
terminated array of author names. At least one author name must be
given.
If NAME is NULL, the package name (as given by the PACKAGE macro)
is asumed to be the name of the program.
This function is intended to be called before argp_parse().
*/
extern void argp_version_setup (const char *name, const char * const *authors);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _ARGP_VERSION_ETC_H */

42
gnulib/argp-xinl.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp.h
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 2004, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_FEATURES_H
# include <features.h>
#endif
#ifndef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
# define __USE_EXTERN_INLINES 1
#endif
#define ARGP_EI
#undef __OPTIMIZE__
#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1
#include "argp.h"
/* Add weak aliases. */
#if _LIBC - 0 && defined (weak_alias)
weak_alias (__argp_usage, argp_usage)
weak_alias (__option_is_short, _option_is_short)
weak_alias (__option_is_end, _option_is_end)
#endif

645
gnulib/argp.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,645 @@
/* Hierarchial argument parsing, layered over getopt.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2003-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _ARGP_H
#define _ARGP_H
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <getopt.h>
#include <limits.h>
#define __need_error_t
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef __THROW
# define __THROW
#endif
#ifndef __NTH
# define __NTH(fct) fct __THROW
#endif
#ifndef __attribute__
/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
We enable __attribute__ only if these are supported too, because
gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
the 'printf' function. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
# endif
#endif
/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
"restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".
Other compilers use __restrict, __restrict__, and _Restrict, and
'configure' might #define 'restrict' to those words. */
#ifndef __restrict
# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
# if 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
# define __restrict restrict
# else
# define __restrict
# endif
# endif
#endif
#ifndef __error_t_defined
typedef int error_t;
# define __error_t_defined
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* A description of a particular option. A pointer to an array of
these is passed in the OPTIONS field of an argp structure. Each option
entry can correspond to one long option and/or one short option; more
names for the same option can be added by following an entry in an option
array with options having the OPTION_ALIAS flag set. */
struct argp_option
{
/* The long option name. For more than one name for the same option, you
can use following options with the OPTION_ALIAS flag set. */
const char *name;
/* What key is returned for this option. If > 0 and printable, then it's
also accepted as a short option. */
int key;
/* If non-NULL, this is the name of the argument associated with this
option, which is required unless the OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL flag is set. */
const char *arg;
/* OPTION_ flags. */
int flags;
/* The doc string for this option. If both NAME and KEY are 0, This string
will be printed outdented from the normal option column, making it
useful as a group header (it will be the first thing printed in its
group); in this usage, it's conventional to end the string with a `:'.
Write the initial value as N_("TEXT") if you want xgettext to collect
it into a POT file. */
const char *doc;
/* The group this option is in. In a long help message, options are sorted
alphabetically within each group, and the groups presented in the order
0, 1, 2, ..., n, -m, ..., -2, -1. Every entry in an options array with
if this field 0 will inherit the group number of the previous entry, or
zero if it's the first one, unless its a group header (NAME and KEY both
0), in which case, the previous entry + 1 is the default. Automagic
options such as --help are put into group -1. */
int group;
};
/* The argument associated with this option is optional. */
#define OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL 0x1
/* This option isn't displayed in any help messages. */
#define OPTION_HIDDEN 0x2
/* This option is an alias for the closest previous non-alias option. This
means that it will be displayed in the same help entry, and will inherit
fields other than NAME and KEY from the aliased option. */
#define OPTION_ALIAS 0x4
/* This option isn't actually an option (and so should be ignored by the
actual option parser), but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that
should be displayed in much the same manner as the options. If this flag
is set, then the option NAME field is displayed unmodified (e.g., no `--'
prefix is added) at the left-margin (where a *short* option would normally
be displayed), and the documentation string in the normal place. The NAME
field will be translated using gettext, unless OPTION_NO_TRANS is set (see
below). For purposes of sorting, any leading whitespace and punctuation is
ignored, except that if the first non-whitespace character is not `-', this
entry is displayed after all options (and OPTION_DOC entries with a leading
`-') in the same group. */
#define OPTION_DOC 0x8
/* This option shouldn't be included in `long' usage messages (but is still
included in help messages). This is mainly intended for options that are
completely documented in an argp's ARGS_DOC field, in which case including
the option in the generic usage list would be redundant. For instance,
if ARGS_DOC is "FOO BAR\n-x BLAH", and the `-x' option's purpose is to
distinguish these two cases, -x should probably be marked
OPTION_NO_USAGE. */
#define OPTION_NO_USAGE 0x10
/* Valid only in conjunction with OPTION_DOC. This option disables translation
of option name. */
#define OPTION_NO_TRANS 0x20
struct argp; /* fwd declare this type */
struct argp_state; /* " */
struct argp_child; /* " */
/* The type of a pointer to an argp parsing function. */
typedef error_t (*argp_parser_t) (int key, char *arg,
struct argp_state *state);
/* What to return for unrecognized keys. For special ARGP_KEY_ keys, such
returns will simply be ignored. For user keys, this error will be turned
into EINVAL (if the call to argp_parse is such that errors are propagated
back to the user instead of exiting); returning EINVAL itself would result
in an immediate stop to parsing in *all* cases. */
#define ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN E2BIG /* Hurd should never need E2BIG. XXX */
/* Special values for the KEY argument to an argument parsing function.
ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be returned if they aren't understood.
The sequence of keys to a parsing function is either (where each
uppercased word should be prefixed by `ARGP_KEY_' and opt is a user key):
INIT opt... NO_ARGS END SUCCESS -- No non-option arguments at all
or INIT (opt | ARG)... END SUCCESS -- All non-option args parsed
or INIT (opt | ARG)... SUCCESS -- Some non-option arg unrecognized
The third case is where every parser returned ARGP_KEY_UNKNOWN for an
argument, in which case parsing stops at that argument (returning the
unparsed arguments to the caller of argp_parse if requested, or stopping
with an error message if not).
If an error occurs (either detected by argp, or because the parsing
function returned an error value), then the parser is called with
ARGP_KEY_ERROR, and no further calls are made. */
/* This is not an option at all, but rather a command line argument. If a
parser receiving this key returns success, the fact is recorded, and the
ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS case won't be used. HOWEVER, if while processing the
argument, a parser function decrements the NEXT field of the state it's
passed, the option won't be considered processed; this is to allow you to
actually modify the argument (perhaps into an option), and have it
processed again. */
#define ARGP_KEY_ARG 0
/* There are remaining arguments not parsed by any parser, which may be found
starting at (STATE->argv + STATE->next). If success is returned, but
STATE->next left untouched, it's assumed that all arguments were consume,
otherwise, the parser should adjust STATE->next to reflect any arguments
consumed. */
#define ARGP_KEY_ARGS 0x1000006
/* There are no more command line arguments at all. */
#define ARGP_KEY_END 0x1000001
/* Because it's common to want to do some special processing if there aren't
any non-option args, user parsers are called with this key if they didn't
successfully process any non-option arguments. Called just before
ARGP_KEY_END (where more general validity checks on previously parsed
arguments can take place). */
#define ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS 0x1000002
/* Passed in before any parsing is done. Afterwards, the values of each
element of the CHILD_INPUT field, if any, in the state structure is
copied to each child's state to be the initial value of the INPUT field. */
#define ARGP_KEY_INIT 0x1000003
/* Use after all other keys, including SUCCESS & END. */
#define ARGP_KEY_FINI 0x1000007
/* Passed in when parsing has successfully been completed (even if there are
still arguments remaining). */
#define ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS 0x1000004
/* Passed in if an error occurs. */
#define ARGP_KEY_ERROR 0x1000005
/* An argp structure contains a set of options declarations, a function to
deal with parsing one, documentation string, a possible vector of child
argp's, and perhaps a function to filter help output. When actually
parsing options, getopt is called with the union of all the argp
structures chained together through their CHILD pointers, with conflicts
being resolved in favor of the first occurrence in the chain. */
struct argp
{
/* An array of argp_option structures, terminated by an entry with both
NAME and KEY having a value of 0. */
const struct argp_option *options;
/* What to do with an option from this structure. KEY is the key
associated with the option, and ARG is any associated argument (NULL if
none was supplied). If KEY isn't understood, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be
returned. If a non-zero, non-ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN value is returned, then
parsing is stopped immediately, and that value is returned from
argp_parse(). For special (non-user-supplied) values of KEY, see the
ARGP_KEY_ definitions below. */
argp_parser_t parser;
/* A string describing what other arguments are wanted by this program. It
is only used by argp_usage to print the `Usage:' message. If it
contains newlines, the strings separated by them are considered
alternative usage patterns, and printed on separate lines (lines after
the first are prefix by ` or: ' instead of `Usage:'). */
const char *args_doc;
/* If non-NULL, a string containing extra text to be printed before and
after the options in a long help message (separated by a vertical tab
`\v' character).
Write the initial value as N_("BEFORE-TEXT") "\v" N_("AFTER-TEXT") if
you want xgettext to collect the two pieces of text into a POT file. */
const char *doc;
/* A vector of argp_children structures, terminated by a member with a 0
argp field, pointing to child argps should be parsed with this one. Any
conflicts are resolved in favor of this argp, or early argps in the
CHILDREN list. This field is useful if you use libraries that supply
their own argp structure, which you want to use in conjunction with your
own. */
const struct argp_child *children;
/* If non-zero, this should be a function to filter the output of help
messages. KEY is either a key from an option, in which case TEXT is
that option's help text, or a special key from the ARGP_KEY_HELP_
defines, below, describing which other help text TEXT is. The function
should return either TEXT, if it should be used as-is, a replacement
string, which should be malloced, and will be freed by argp, or NULL,
meaning `print nothing'. The value for TEXT is *after* any translation
has been done, so if any of the replacement text also needs translation,
that should be done by the filter function. INPUT is either the input
supplied to argp_parse, or NULL, if argp_help was called directly. */
char *(*help_filter) (int __key, const char *__text, void *__input);
/* If non-zero the strings used in the argp library are translated using
the domain described by this string. Otherwise the currently installed
default domain is used. */
const char *argp_domain;
};
/* Possible KEY arguments to a help filter function. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC 0x2000001 /* Help text preceeding options. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC 0x2000002 /* Help text following options. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER 0x2000003 /* Option header string. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA 0x2000004 /* After all other documentation;
TEXT is NULL for this key. */
/* Explanatory note emitted when duplicate option arguments have been
suppressed. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE 0x2000005
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC 0x2000006 /* Argument doc string. */
/* When an argp has a non-zero CHILDREN field, it should point to a vector of
argp_child structures, each of which describes a subsidiary argp. */
struct argp_child
{
/* The child parser. */
const struct argp *argp;
/* Flags for this child. */
int flags;
/* If non-zero, an optional header to be printed in help output before the
child options. As a side-effect, a non-zero value forces the child
options to be grouped together; to achieve this effect without actually
printing a header string, use a value of "". */
const char *header;
/* Where to group the child options relative to the other (`consolidated')
options in the parent argp; the values are the same as the GROUP field
in argp_option structs, but all child-groupings follow parent options at
a particular group level. If both this field and HEADER are zero, then
they aren't grouped at all, but rather merged with the parent options
(merging the child's grouping levels with the parents). */
int group;
};
/* Parsing state. This is provided to parsing functions called by argp,
which may examine and, as noted, modify fields. */
struct argp_state
{
/* The top level ARGP being parsed. */
const struct argp *root_argp;
/* The argument vector being parsed. May be modified. */
int argc;
char **argv;
/* The index in ARGV of the next arg that to be parsed. May be modified. */
int next;
/* The flags supplied to argp_parse. May be modified. */
unsigned flags;
/* While calling a parsing function with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, this is the
number of the current arg, starting at zero, and incremented after each
such call returns. At all other times, this is the number of such
arguments that have been processed. */
unsigned arg_num;
/* If non-zero, the index in ARGV of the first argument following a special
`--' argument (which prevents anything following being interpreted as an
option). Only set once argument parsing has proceeded past this point. */
int quoted;
/* An arbitrary pointer passed in from the user. */
void *input;
/* Values to pass to child parsers. This vector will be the same length as
the number of children for the current parser. */
void **child_inputs;
/* For the parser's use. Initialized to 0. */
void *hook;
/* The name used when printing messages. This is initialized to ARGV[0],
or PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME if that is unavailable. */
char *name;
/* Streams used when argp prints something. */
FILE *err_stream; /* For errors; initialized to stderr. */
FILE *out_stream; /* For information; initialized to stdout. */
void *pstate; /* Private, for use by argp. */
};
/* Flags for argp_parse (note that the defaults are those that are
convenient for program command line parsing): */
/* Don't ignore the first element of ARGV. Normally (and always unless
ARGP_NO_ERRS is set) the first element of the argument vector is
skipped for option parsing purposes, as it corresponds to the program name
in a command line. */
#define ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 0x01
/* Don't print error messages for unknown options to stderr; unless this flag
is set, ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 is ignored, as ARGV[0] is used as the program
name in the error messages. This flag implies ARGP_NO_EXIT (on the
assumption that silent exiting upon errors is bad behaviour). */
#define ARGP_NO_ERRS 0x02
/* Don't parse any non-option args. Normally non-option args are parsed by
calling the parse functions with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, and the actual arg
as the value. Since it's impossible to know which parse function wants to
handle it, each one is called in turn, until one returns 0 or an error
other than ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN; if an argument is handled by no one, the
argp_parse returns prematurely (but with a return value of 0). If all
args have been parsed without error, all parsing functions are called one
last time with a key of ARGP_KEY_END. This flag needn't normally be set,
as the normal behavior is to stop parsing as soon as some argument can't
be handled. */
#define ARGP_NO_ARGS 0x04
/* Parse options and arguments in the same order they occur on the command
line -- normally they're rearranged so that all options come first. */
#define ARGP_IN_ORDER 0x08
/* Don't provide the standard long option --help, which causes usage and
option help information to be output to stdout, and exit (0) called. */
#define ARGP_NO_HELP 0x10
/* Don't exit on errors (they may still result in error messages). */
#define ARGP_NO_EXIT 0x20
/* Use the gnu getopt `long-only' rules for parsing arguments. */
#define ARGP_LONG_ONLY 0x40
/* Turns off any message-printing/exiting options. */
#define ARGP_SILENT (ARGP_NO_EXIT | ARGP_NO_ERRS | ARGP_NO_HELP)
/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the options in ARGP.
FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above. If ARG_INDEX is non-NULL, the
index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it. If an
unknown option is present, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN is returned; if some parser
routine returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is
returned. This function may also call exit unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag
is set. INPUT is a pointer to a value to be passed in to the parser. */
extern error_t argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/,
unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index,
void *__restrict __input);
extern error_t __argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/,
unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index,
void *__restrict __input);
/* Global variables. */
/* GNULIB makes sure both program_invocation_name and
program_invocation_short_name are available */
#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
extern char *program_invocation_name;
# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 1
#endif
#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
extern char *program_invocation_short_name;
# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME 1
#endif
/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
will print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used). Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. */
extern const char *argp_program_version;
/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
calls this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to
the current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
used). This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. */
extern void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *__restrict __stream,
struct argp_state *__restrict
__state);
/* If defined or set by the user program, it should point to string that is
the bug-reporting address for the program. It will be printed by
argp_help if the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various
standard help messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like
`Report bugs to ADDR.'. */
extern const char *argp_program_bug_address;
/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
<sysexits.h>. */
extern error_t argp_err_exit_status;
/* Flags for argp_help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_USAGE 0x01 /* a Usage: message. */
#define ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE 0x02 /* " but don't actually print options. */
#define ARGP_HELP_SEE 0x04 /* a `Try ... for more help' message. */
#define ARGP_HELP_LONG 0x08 /* a long help message. */
#define ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC 0x10 /* doc string preceding long help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC 0x20 /* doc string following long help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_DOC (ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC | ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC)
#define ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR 0x40 /* bug report address */
#define ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY 0x80 /* modify output appropriately to
reflect ARGP_LONG_ONLY mode. */
/* These ARGP_HELP flags are only understood by argp_state_help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR 0x100 /* Call exit(1) instead of returning. */
#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK 0x200 /* Call exit(0) instead of returning. */
/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if an
error message has already been printed. */
#define ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR \
(ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if no
more specific error message has been printed. */
#define ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE \
(ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
/* The standard thing to do in response to a --help option. */
#define ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP \
(ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_LONG | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK \
| ARGP_HELP_DOC | ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR)
/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM. FLAGS are from the set
ARGP_HELP_*. */
extern void argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
FILE *__restrict __stream,
unsigned __flags, char *__restrict __name);
extern void __argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
FILE *__restrict __stream, unsigned __flags,
char *__name);
/* The following routines are intended to be called from within an argp
parsing routine (thus taking an argp_state structure as the first
argument). They may or may not print an error message and exit, depending
on the flags in STATE -- in any case, the caller should be prepared for
them *not* to exit, and should return an appropiate error after calling
them. [argp_usage & argp_error should probably be called argp_state_...,
but they're used often enough that they should be short] */
/* Output, if appropriate, a usage message for STATE to STREAM. FLAGS are
from the set ARGP_HELP_*. */
extern void argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
FILE *__restrict __stream,
unsigned int __flags);
extern void __argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
FILE *__restrict __stream,
unsigned int __flags);
#if _LIBC || !defined __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
/* Possibly output the standard usage message for ARGP to stderr and exit. */
extern void argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state);
extern void __argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state);
#endif
/* If appropriate, print the printf string FMT and following args, preceded
by the program name and `:', to stderr, and followed by a `Try ... --help'
message, then exit (1). */
extern void argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)));
extern void __argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)));
/* Similar to the standard gnu error-reporting function error(), but will
respect the ARGP_NO_EXIT and ARGP_NO_ERRS flags in STATE, and will print
to STATE->err_stream. This is useful for argument parsing code that is
shared between program startup (when exiting is desired) and runtime
option parsing (when typically an error code is returned instead). The
difference between this function and argp_error is that the latter is for
*parsing errors*, and the former is for other problems that occur during
parsing but don't reflect a (syntactic) problem with the input. */
extern void argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
int __status, int __errnum,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5)));
extern void __argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
int __status, int __errnum,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5)));
#if _LIBC || !defined __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
/* Returns true if the option OPT is a valid short option. */
extern int _option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
extern int __option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
/* Returns true if the option OPT is in fact the last (unused) entry in an
options array. */
extern int _option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
extern int __option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
#endif
/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
by the help routines. */
extern void *_argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
const struct argp_state *__restrict __state)
__THROW;
extern void *__argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
const struct argp_state *__restrict __state)
__THROW;
#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
# if !_LIBC
# define __argp_usage argp_usage
# define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
# define __option_is_short _option_is_short
# define __option_is_end _option_is_end
# endif
# ifndef ARGP_EI
# ifdef __GNUC__
/* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used. It defines a macro
__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ to indicate this situation or a macro
__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate the opposite situation.
GCC 4.2 with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements the GNU C inline
semantics but warns, unless -fgnu89-inline is used:
warning: C99 inline functions are not supported; using GNU89
warning: to disable this warning use -fgnu89-inline or the gnu_inline function attribute
It defines a macro __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate this situation. */
# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
# define ARGP_EI __inline__
# elif defined __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__
# define ARGP_EI extern __inline__ __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
# else
# define ARGP_EI extern __inline__
# endif
# else
/* With other compilers, assume the ISO C99 meaning of 'inline', if
the compiler supports 'inline' at all. */
# define ARGP_EI inline
# endif
# endif
ARGP_EI void
__argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state)
{
__argp_state_help (__state, stderr, ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE);
}
ARGP_EI int
__NTH (__option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt))
{
if (__opt->flags & OPTION_DOC)
return 0;
else
{
int __key = __opt->key;
return __key > 0 && __key <= UCHAR_MAX && isprint (__key);
}
}
ARGP_EI int
__NTH (__option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt))
{
return !__opt->key && !__opt->name && !__opt->doc && !__opt->group;
}
# if !_LIBC
# undef __argp_usage
# undef __argp_state_help
# undef __option_is_short
# undef __option_is_end
# endif
#endif /* Use extern inlines. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* argp.h */

152
gnulib/error.c
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000-2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000-2007, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ unsigned int error_message_count;
extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
...)
unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
# define error __error
# define error_at_line __error_at_line
@ -86,6 +86,7 @@ extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
#else /* not _LIBC */
# include <fcntl.h>
# include <unistd.h>
# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
@ -100,8 +101,33 @@ extern char *program_name;
# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
# define __strerror_r strerror_r
# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
#endif /* not _LIBC */
# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
#endif /* not _LIBC */
static inline void
flush_stdout (void)
{
#if !_LIBC && defined F_GETFL
int stdout_fd;
# if GNULIB_FREOPEN_SAFER
/* Use of gnulib's freopen-safer module normally ensures that
fileno (stdout) == 1
whenever stdout is open. */
stdout_fd = STDOUT_FILENO;
# else
/* POSIX states that fileno (stdout) after fclose is unspecified. But in
practice it is not a problem, because stdout is statically allocated and
the fd of a FILE stream is stored as a field in its allocated memory. */
stdout_fd = fileno (stdout);
# endif
/* POSIX states that fflush (stdout) after fclose is unspecified; it
is safe in glibc, but not on all other platforms. fflush (NULL)
is always defined, but too draconian. */
if (0 <= stdout_fd && 0 <= fcntl (stdout_fd, F_GETFL))
#endif
fflush (stdout);
}
static void
print_errno_message (int errnum)
@ -149,58 +175,58 @@ error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
bool use_malloc = false;
while (1)
{
if (__libc_use_alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t)))
wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
else
{
if (!use_malloc)
wmessage = NULL;
{
if (__libc_use_alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t)))
wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
else
{
if (!use_malloc)
wmessage = NULL;
wchar_t *p = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
len * sizeof (wchar_t));
if (p == NULL)
{
free (wmessage);
fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
return;
}
wmessage = p;
use_malloc = true;
}
wchar_t *p = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
len * sizeof (wchar_t));
if (p == NULL)
{
free (wmessage);
fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
return;
}
wmessage = p;
use_malloc = true;
}
memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
tmp = message;
memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
tmp = message;
res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st);
if (res != len)
break;
res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st);
if (res != len)
break;
if (__builtin_expect (len >= SIZE_MAX / 2, 0))
{
/* This really should not happen if everything is fine. */
res = (size_t) -1;
break;
}
if (__builtin_expect (len >= SIZE_MAX / 2, 0))
{
/* This really should not happen if everything is fine. */
res = (size_t) -1;
break;
}
len *= 2;
}
len *= 2;
}
if (res == (size_t) -1)
{
/* The string cannot be converted. */
if (use_malloc)
{
free (wmessage);
use_malloc = false;
}
wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
}
{
/* The string cannot be converted. */
if (use_malloc)
{
free (wmessage);
use_malloc = false;
}
wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
}
__vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
if (use_malloc)
free (wmessage);
free (wmessage);
}
else
#endif
@ -235,16 +261,10 @@ error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
cancellation. Therefore disable cancellation for now. */
int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
0);
0);
#endif
#if !_LIBC && defined F_GETFL
/* POSIX states that fflush (stdout) after fclose is unspecified; it
is safe in glibc, but not on all other platforms. fflush (NULL)
is always defined, but too draconian. */
if (0 <= fcntl (1, F_GETFL))
#endif
fflush (stdout);
flush_stdout ();
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
#endif
@ -276,7 +296,7 @@ int error_one_per_line;
void
error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
{
va_list args;
@ -286,10 +306,10 @@ error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
static unsigned int old_line_number;
if (old_line_number == line_number
&& (file_name == old_file_name
|| strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
/* Simply return and print nothing. */
return;
&& (file_name == old_file_name
|| strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
/* Simply return and print nothing. */
return;
old_file_name = file_name;
old_line_number = line_number;
@ -300,16 +320,10 @@ error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
cancellation. Therefore disable cancellation for now. */
int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
0);
0);
#endif
#if !_LIBC && defined F_GETFL
/* POSIX states that fflush (stdout) after fclose is unspecified; it
is safe in glibc, but not on all other platforms. fflush (NULL)
is always defined, but too draconian. */
if (0 <= fcntl (1, F_GETFL))
#endif
fflush (stdout);
flush_stdout ();
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
#endif
@ -326,10 +340,10 @@ error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%d: " : " ",
file_name, line_number);
file_name, line_number);
#else
fprintf (stderr, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%d: " : " ",
file_name, line_number);
file_name, line_number);
#endif
va_start (args, message);

24
gnulib/error.h
View File

@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
/* Declaration for error-reporting function
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2006, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@ -19,19 +20,18 @@
#define _ERROR_H 1
#ifndef __attribute__
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
# endif
/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */
/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
We enable __attribute__ only if these are supported too, because
gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
the 'printf' function. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
# define __format__ format
# define __printf__ printf
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ extern void error (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern void error_at_line (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__fname,
unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...)
unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ extern unsigned int error_message_count;
variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */
extern int error_one_per_line;
#ifdef __cplusplus
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

198
gnulib/fnmatch.c
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1991,1992,1993,1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006,2007
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#if ! defined __builtin_expect && __GNUC__ < 3
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ extern int fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags);
# define isblank(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
# endif
# define STREQ(s1, s2) ((strcmp (s1, s2) == 0))
# define STREQ(s1, s2) (strcmp (s1, s2) == 0)
# if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
/* The GNU C library provides support for user-defined character classes
@ -109,25 +109,25 @@ extern int fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags);
# endif
# ifdef _LIBC
# define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT) __iswctype (WC, WT)
# define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT) __iswctype (WC, WT)
# else
# define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT) iswctype (WC, WT)
# define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT) iswctype (WC, WT)
# endif
# if (HAVE_MBSTATE_T && HAVE_MBSRTOWCS) || _LIBC
/* In this case we are implementing the multibyte character handling. */
# define HANDLE_MULTIBYTE 1
# define HANDLE_MULTIBYTE 1
# endif
# else
# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 6 /* Namely, `xdigit'. */
# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) \
(STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper") \
|| STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit") \
|| STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit") \
|| STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print") \
|| STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph") \
# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) \
(STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper") \
|| STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit") \
|| STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit") \
|| STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print") \
|| STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph") \
|| STREQ (string, "cntrl") || STREQ (string, "blank"))
# endif
@ -145,17 +145,17 @@ static int posixly_correct;
/* Note that this evaluates C many times. */
# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? tolower (c) : (c))
# define CHAR char
# define UCHAR unsigned char
# define INT int
# define FCT internal_fnmatch
# define EXT ext_match
# define END end_pattern
# define L_(CS) CS
# define CHAR char
# define UCHAR unsigned char
# define INT int
# define FCT internal_fnmatch
# define EXT ext_match
# define END end_pattern
# define L_(CS) CS
# ifdef _LIBC
# define BTOWC(C) __btowc (C)
# define BTOWC(C) __btowc (C)
# else
# define BTOWC(C) btowc (C)
# define BTOWC(C) btowc (C)
# endif
# define STRLEN(S) strlen (S)
# define STRCAT(D, S) strcat (D, S)
@ -175,14 +175,14 @@ static int posixly_correct;
# if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? towlower (c) : (c))
# define CHAR wchar_t
# define UCHAR wint_t
# define INT wint_t
# define FCT internal_fnwmatch
# define EXT ext_wmatch
# define END end_wpattern
# define L_(CS) L##CS
# define BTOWC(C) (C)
# define CHAR wchar_t
# define UCHAR wint_t
# define INT wint_t
# define FCT internal_fnwmatch
# define EXT ext_wmatch
# define END end_wpattern
# define L_(CS) L##CS
# define BTOWC(C) (C)
# ifdef _LIBC
# define STRLEN(S) __wcslen (S)
# define STRCAT(D, S) __wcscat (D, S)
@ -218,40 +218,40 @@ is_char_class (const wchar_t *wcs)
/* Test for a printable character from the portable character set. */
# ifdef _LIBC
if (*wcs < 0x20 || *wcs > 0x7e
|| *wcs == 0x24 || *wcs == 0x40 || *wcs == 0x60)
return (wctype_t) 0;
|| *wcs == 0x24 || *wcs == 0x40 || *wcs == 0x60)
return (wctype_t) 0;
# else
switch (*wcs)
{
case L' ': case L'!': case L'"': case L'#': case L'%':
case L'&': case L'\'': case L'(': case L')': case L'*':
case L'+': case L',': case L'-': case L'.': case L'/':
case L'0': case L'1': case L'2': case L'3': case L'4':
case L'5': case L'6': case L'7': case L'8': case L'9':
case L':': case L';': case L'<': case L'=': case L'>':
case L'?':
case L'A': case L'B': case L'C': case L'D': case L'E':
case L'F': case L'G': case L'H': case L'I': case L'J':
case L'K': case L'L': case L'M': case L'N': case L'O':
case L'P': case L'Q': case L'R': case L'S': case L'T':
case L'U': case L'V': case L'W': case L'X': case L'Y':
case L'Z':
case L'[': case L'\\': case L']': case L'^': case L'_':
case L'a': case L'b': case L'c': case L'd': case L'e':
case L'f': case L'g': case L'h': case L'i': case L'j':
case L'k': case L'l': case L'm': case L'n': case L'o':
case L'p': case L'q': case L'r': case L's': case L't':
case L'u': case L'v': case L'w': case L'x': case L'y':
case L'z': case L'{': case L'|': case L'}': case L'~':
break;
default:
return (wctype_t) 0;
}
{
case L' ': case L'!': case L'"': case L'#': case L'%':
case L'&': case L'\'': case L'(': case L')': case L'*':
case L'+': case L',': case L'-': case L'.': case L'/':
case L'0': case L'1': case L'2': case L'3': case L'4':
case L'5': case L'6': case L'7': case L'8': case L'9':
case L':': case L';': case L'<': case L'=': case L'>':
case L'?':
case L'A': case L'B': case L'C': case L'D': case L'E':
case L'F': case L'G': case L'H': case L'I': case L'J':
case L'K': case L'L': case L'M': case L'N': case L'O':
case L'P': case L'Q': case L'R': case L'S': case L'T':
case L'U': case L'V': case L'W': case L'X': case L'Y':
case L'Z':
case L'[': case L'\\': case L']': case L'^': case L'_':
case L'a': case L'b': case L'c': case L'd': case L'e':
case L'f': case L'g': case L'h': case L'i': case L'j':
case L'k': case L'l': case L'm': case L'n': case L'o':
case L'p': case L'q': case L'r': case L's': case L't':
case L'u': case L'v': case L'w': case L'x': case L'y':
case L'z': case L'{': case L'|': case L'}': case L'~':
break;
default:
return (wctype_t) 0;
}
# endif
/* Avoid overrunning the buffer. */
if (cp == s + CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
return (wctype_t) 0;
return (wctype_t) 0;
*cp++ = (char) *wcs++;
}
@ -287,58 +287,58 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
int res;
/* Calculate the size needed to convert the strings to
wide characters. */
wide characters. */
memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (ps));
patsize = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &pattern, 0, &ps) + 1;
if (__builtin_expect (patsize != 0, 1))
{
assert (mbsinit (&ps));
strsize = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &string, 0, &ps) + 1;
if (__builtin_expect (strsize != 0, 1))
{
assert (mbsinit (&ps));
totsize = patsize + strsize;
if (__builtin_expect (! (patsize <= totsize
&& totsize <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (wchar_t)),
0))
{
errno = ENOMEM;
return -1;
}
{
assert (mbsinit (&ps));
strsize = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &string, 0, &ps) + 1;
if (__builtin_expect (strsize != 0, 1))
{
assert (mbsinit (&ps));
totsize = patsize + strsize;
if (__builtin_expect (! (patsize <= totsize
&& totsize <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (wchar_t)),
0))
{
errno = ENOMEM;
return -1;
}
/* Allocate room for the wide characters. */
if (__builtin_expect (totsize < ALLOCA_LIMIT, 1))
wpattern = (wchar_t *) alloca (totsize * sizeof (wchar_t));
else
{
wpattern = malloc (totsize * sizeof (wchar_t));
if (__builtin_expect (! wpattern, 0))
{
errno = ENOMEM;
return -1;
}
}
wstring = wpattern + patsize;
/* Allocate room for the wide characters. */
if (__builtin_expect (totsize < ALLOCA_LIMIT, 1))
wpattern = (wchar_t *) alloca (totsize * sizeof (wchar_t));
else
{
wpattern = malloc (totsize * sizeof (wchar_t));
if (__builtin_expect (! wpattern, 0))
{
errno = ENOMEM;
return -1;
}
}
wstring = wpattern + patsize;
/* Convert the strings into wide characters. */
mbsrtowcs (wpattern, &pattern, patsize, &ps);
assert (mbsinit (&ps));
mbsrtowcs (wstring, &string, strsize, &ps);
/* Convert the strings into wide characters. */
mbsrtowcs (wpattern, &pattern, patsize, &ps);
assert (mbsinit (&ps));
mbsrtowcs (wstring, &string, strsize, &ps);
res = internal_fnwmatch (wpattern, wstring, wstring + strsize - 1,
flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
res = internal_fnwmatch (wpattern, wstring, wstring + strsize - 1,
flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
if (__builtin_expect (! (totsize < ALLOCA_LIMIT), 0))
free (wpattern);
return res;
}
}
if (__builtin_expect (! (totsize < ALLOCA_LIMIT), 0))
free (wpattern);
return res;
}
}
}
# endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
return internal_fnmatch (pattern, string, string + strlen (string),
flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
}
# ifdef _LIBC
@ -351,4 +351,4 @@ compat_symbol (libc, __fnmatch_old, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_0);
libc_hidden_ver (__fnmatch, fnmatch)
# endif
#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */
#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */

1730
gnulib/fnmatch_loop.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

77
gnulib/getdelim.c
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/* getdelim.c --- Implementation of replacement getdelim function.
Copyright (C) 1994, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007,
2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1994, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@ -21,13 +21,16 @@
#include <config.h>
/* Don't use __attribute__ __nonnull__ in this compilation unit. Otherwise gcc
optimizes away the lineptr == NULL || n == NULL || fp == NULL tests below. */
#define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
#include <stdio.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
# define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2))
@ -35,15 +38,15 @@
#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
# include "unlocked-io.h"
# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp) getc(fp)
# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp) getc(fp)
#elif !HAVE_FLOCKFILE || !HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE || !HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
# undef flockfile
# undef funlockfile
# define flockfile(x) ((void) 0)
# define funlockfile(x) ((void) 0)
# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp) getc(fp)
# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp) getc(fp)
#else
# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp) getc_unlocked(fp)
# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp) getc_unlocked(fp)
#endif
/* Read up to (and including) a DELIMITER from FP into *LINEPTR (and
@ -72,10 +75,10 @@ getdelim (char **lineptr, size_t *n, int delimiter, FILE *fp)
*n = 120;
new_lineptr = (char *) realloc (*lineptr, *n);
if (new_lineptr == NULL)
{
result = -1;
goto unlock_return;
}
{
result = -1;
goto unlock_return;
}
*lineptr = new_lineptr;
}
@ -85,44 +88,44 @@ getdelim (char **lineptr, size_t *n, int delimiter, FILE *fp)
i = getc_maybe_unlocked (fp);
if (i == EOF)
{
result = -1;
break;
}
{
result = -1;
break;
}
/* Make enough space for len+1 (for final NUL) bytes. */
if (cur_len + 1 >= *n)
{
size_t needed_max =
SSIZE_MAX < SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) SSIZE_MAX + 1 : SIZE_MAX;
size_t needed = 2 * *n + 1; /* Be generous. */
char *new_lineptr;
{
size_t needed_max =
SSIZE_MAX < SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) SSIZE_MAX + 1 : SIZE_MAX;
size_t needed = 2 * *n + 1; /* Be generous. */
char *new_lineptr;
if (needed_max < needed)
needed = needed_max;
if (cur_len + 1 >= needed)
{
result = -1;
errno = EOVERFLOW;
goto unlock_return;
}
if (needed_max < needed)
needed = needed_max;
if (cur_len + 1 >= needed)
{
result = -1;
errno = EOVERFLOW;
goto unlock_return;
}
new_lineptr = (char *) realloc (*lineptr, needed);
if (new_lineptr == NULL)
{
result = -1;
goto unlock_return;
}
new_lineptr = (char *) realloc (*lineptr, needed);
if (new_lineptr == NULL)
{
result = -1;
goto unlock_return;
}
*lineptr = new_lineptr;
*n = needed;
}
*lineptr = new_lineptr;
*n = needed;
}
(*lineptr)[cur_len] = i;
cur_len++;
if (i == delimiter)
break;
break;
}
(*lineptr)[cur_len] = '\0';
result = cur_len ? cur_len : result;

2
gnulib/getline.c
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* getline.c --- Implementation of replacement getline function.
Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as

1247
gnulib/getopt.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

128
gnulib/getopt1.c
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98,2004,2006
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1997,
1998, 2004, 2006, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@ -32,25 +32,25 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifndef NULL
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
int
getopt_long (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
opt_index, 0, 0);
opt_index, 0, 0);
}
int
_getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
struct _getopt_data *d)
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
struct _getopt_data *d)
{
return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
0, 0, d);
0, d, 0);
}
/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
@ -60,20 +60,20 @@ _getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
int
getopt_long_only (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv,
const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
opt_index, 1, 0);
opt_index, 1, 0);
}
int
_getopt_long_only_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
struct _getopt_data *d)
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
struct _getopt_data *d)
{
return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
1, 0, d);
1, d, 0);
}
@ -91,76 +91,76 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
{
int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
int option_index = 0;
static struct option long_options[] =
static const struct option long_options[] =
{
{"add", 1, 0, 0},
{"append", 0, 0, 0},
{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
{"create", 0, 0, 0},
{"file", 1, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0}
{"add", 1, 0, 0},
{"append", 0, 0, 0},
{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
{"create", 0, 0, 0},
{"file", 1, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0}
};
c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
long_options, &option_index);
long_options, &option_index);
if (c == -1)
break;
break;
switch (c)
{
case 0:
printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
if (optarg)
printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
printf ("\n");
break;
{
case 0:
printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
if (optarg)
printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
printf ("\n");
break;
case '0':
case '1':
case '2':
case '3':
case '4':
case '5':
case '6':
case '7':
case '8':
case '9':
if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
digit_optind = this_option_optind;
printf ("option %c\n", c);
break;
case '0':
case '1':
case '2':
case '3':
case '4':
case '5':
case '6':
case '7':
case '8':
case '9':
if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
digit_optind = this_option_optind;
printf ("option %c\n", c);
break;
case 'a':
printf ("option a\n");
break;
case 'a':
printf ("option a\n");
break;
case 'b':
printf ("option b\n");
break;
case 'b':
printf ("option b\n");
break;
case 'c':
printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case 'c':
printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case 'd':
printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case 'd':
printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case '?':
break;
case '?':
break;
default:
printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
}
default:
printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
}
}
if (optind < argc)
{
printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
while (optind < argc)
printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
printf ("\n");
}

38
gnulib/getopt_int.h
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/* Internal declarations for getopt.
Copyright (C) 1989-1994,1996-1999,2001,2003,2004
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2003-2004, 2009-2010 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@ -17,12 +17,14 @@
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GETOPT_INT_H
#define _GETOPT_INT_H 1
#define _GETOPT_INT_H 1
#include <getopt.h>
extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
int __long_only, int __posixly_correct);
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
int __long_only, int __posixly_correct);
/* Reentrant versions which can handle parsing multiple argument
@ -108,23 +110,23 @@ struct _getopt_data
/* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their
default values and to clear the initialization flag. */
#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER { 1, 1 }
#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER { 1, 1 }
extern int _getopt_internal_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
int __long_only, int __posixly_correct,
struct _getopt_data *__data);
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
int __long_only, struct _getopt_data *__data,
int __posixly_correct);
extern int _getopt_long_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
struct _getopt_data *__data);
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
struct _getopt_data *__data);
extern int _getopt_long_only_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts,
int *__longind,
struct _getopt_data *__data);
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts,
int *__longind,
struct _getopt_data *__data);
#endif /* getopt_int.h */

42
gnulib/gettext.h
View File

@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@ -63,21 +64,30 @@
for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
contain "#define const". */
# undef gettext
# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
# undef dgettext
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((void) (Domainname), gettext (Msgid))
# undef dcgettext
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
((void) (Category), dgettext (Domainname, Msgid))
# undef ngettext
# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((N) == 1 \
? ((void) (Msgid2), (const char *) (Msgid1)) \
: ((void) (Msgid1), (const char *) (Msgid2)))
# undef dngettext
# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((void) (Domainname), ngettext (Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
# undef dcngettext
# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
((void) (Category), dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
((void) (Category), dngettext (Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
# undef textdomain
# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
# undef bindtextdomain
# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) \
((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Dirname))
# undef bind_textdomain_codeset
# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) \
((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Codeset))
@ -131,8 +141,8 @@ inline
#endif
static const char *
pgettext_aux (const char *domain,
const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
int category)
const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
int category)
{
const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
if (translation == msg_ctxt_id)
@ -150,9 +160,9 @@ inline
#endif
static const char *
npgettext_aux (const char *domain,
const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
int category)
const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
int category)
{
const char *translation =
dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
@ -190,8 +200,8 @@ inline
#endif
static const char *
dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
int category)
const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
int category)
{
size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
@ -213,10 +223,10 @@ dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
free (msg_ctxt_id);
free (msg_ctxt_id);
#endif
if (translation != msg_ctxt_id)
return translation;
return translation;
}
return msgid;
}
@ -235,9 +245,9 @@ inline
#endif
static const char *
dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
int category)
const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
int category)
{
size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
@ -259,10 +269,10 @@ dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
free (msg_ctxt_id);
free (msg_ctxt_id);
#endif
if (!(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural))
return translation;
return translation;
}
return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
}

32
gnulib/progname.c
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/* Program name management.
Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2001.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@ -23,6 +23,8 @@
#include "progname.h"
#include <errno.h> /* get program_invocation_name declaration */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
@ -30,7 +32,9 @@
To be initialized by main(). */
const char *program_name = NULL;
/* Set program_name, based on argv[0]. */
/* Set program_name, based on argv[0].
argv0 must be a string allocated with indefinite extent, and must not be
modified after this call. */
void
set_program_name (const char *argv0)
{
@ -42,20 +46,30 @@ set_program_name (const char *argv0)
const char *slash;
const char *base;
/* Sanity check. POSIX requires the invoking process to pass a non-NULL
argv[0]. */
if (argv0 == NULL)
{
/* It's a bug in the invoking program. Help diagnosing it. */
fputs ("A NULL argv[0] was passed through an exec system call.\n",
stderr);
abort ();
}
slash = strrchr (argv0, '/');
base = (slash != NULL ? slash + 1 : argv0);
if (base - argv0 >= 7 && strncmp (base - 7, "/.libs/", 7) == 0)
{
argv0 = base;
if (strncmp (base, "lt-", 3) == 0)
{
argv0 = base + 3;
/* On glibc systems, remove the "lt-" prefix from the variable
program_invocation_short_name. */
{
argv0 = base + 3;
/* On glibc systems, remove the "lt-" prefix from the variable
program_invocation_short_name. */
#if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
program_invocation_short_name = (char *) argv0;
program_invocation_short_name = (char *) argv0;
#endif
}
}
}
/* But don't strip off a leading <dirname>/ in general, because when the user

12
gnulib/progname.h
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/* Program name management.
Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006, 2009-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2001.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@ -31,7 +31,9 @@ extern "C" {
/* String containing name the program is called with. */
extern const char *program_name;
/* Set program_name, based on argv[0]. */
/* Set program_name, based on argv[0].
argv0 must be a string allocated with indefinite extent, and must not be
modified after this call. */
extern void set_program_name (const char *argv0);
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
@ -39,8 +41,8 @@ extern void set_program_name (const char *argv0);
/* Set program_name, based on argv[0], and original installation prefix and
directory, for relocatability. */
extern void set_program_name_and_installdir (const char *argv0,
const char *orig_installprefix,
const char *orig_installdir);
const char *orig_installprefix,
const char *orig_installdir);
#undef set_program_name
#define set_program_name(ARG0) \
set_program_name_and_installdir (ARG0, INSTALLPREFIX, INSTALLDIR)

3877
gnulib/regcomp.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

72
gnulib/regex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
/* Make sure noone compiles this code with a C++ compiler. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined _LIBC
# error "This is C code, use a C compiler"
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
/* We have to keep the namespace clean. */
# define regfree(preg) __regfree (preg)
# define regexec(pr, st, nm, pm, ef) __regexec (pr, st, nm, pm, ef)
# define regcomp(preg, pattern, cflags) __regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags)
# define regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size) \
__regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size)
# define re_set_registers(bu, re, nu, st, en) \
__re_set_registers (bu, re, nu, st, en)
# define re_match_2(bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop) \
__re_match_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop)
# define re_match(bufp, string, size, pos, regs) \
__re_match (bufp, string, size, pos, regs)
# define re_search(bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs) \
__re_search (bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs)
# define re_compile_pattern(pattern, length, bufp) \
__re_compile_pattern (pattern, length, bufp)
# define re_set_syntax(syntax) __re_set_syntax (syntax)
# define re_search_2(bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop) \
__re_search_2 (bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop)
# define re_compile_fastmap(bufp) __re_compile_fastmap (bufp)
# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
#endif
/* On some systems, limits.h sets RE_DUP_MAX to a lower value than
GNU regex allows. Include it before <regex.h>, which correctly
#undefs RE_DUP_MAX and sets it to the right value. */
#include <limits.h>
#include <regex.h>
#include "regex_internal.h"
#include "regex_internal.c"
#include "regcomp.c"
#include "regexec.c"
/* Binary backward compatibility. */
#if _LIBC
# include <shlib-compat.h>
# if SHLIB_COMPAT (libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3)
link_warning (re_max_failures, "the 're_max_failures' variable is obsolete and will go away.")
int re_max_failures = 2000;
# endif
#endif

676
gnulib/regex.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,676 @@
/* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
expression library.
Copyright (C) 1985, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef _REGEX_H
#define _REGEX_H 1
#include <sys/types.h>
/* Allow the use in C++ code. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Define __USE_GNU_REGEX to declare GNU extensions that violate the
POSIX name space rules. */
#undef __USE_GNU_REGEX
#if (defined _GNU_SOURCE \
|| (!defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE \
&& !defined _XOPEN_SOURCE))
# define __USE_GNU_REGEX 1
#endif
#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
/* Use types and values that are wide enough to represent signed and
unsigned byte offsets in memory. This currently works only when
the regex code is used outside of the GNU C library; it is not yet
supported within glibc itself, and glibc users should not define
_REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS. */
/* The type of the offset of a byte within a string.
For historical reasons POSIX 1003.1-2004 requires that regoff_t be
at least as wide as off_t. However, many common POSIX platforms set
regoff_t to the more-sensible ssize_t and the Open Group has
signalled its intention to change the requirement to be that
regoff_t be at least as wide as ptrdiff_t and ssize_t; see XBD ERN
60 (2005-08-25). We don't know of any hosts where ssize_t or
ptrdiff_t is wider than ssize_t, so ssize_t is safe. */
typedef ssize_t regoff_t;
/* The type of nonnegative object indexes. Traditionally, GNU regex
uses 'int' for these. Code that uses __re_idx_t should work
regardless of whether the type is signed. */
typedef size_t __re_idx_t;
/* The type of object sizes. */
typedef size_t __re_size_t;
/* The type of object sizes, in places where the traditional code
uses unsigned long int. */
typedef size_t __re_long_size_t;
#else
/* Use types that are binary-compatible with the traditional GNU regex
implementation, which mishandles strings longer than INT_MAX. */
typedef int regoff_t;
typedef int __re_idx_t;
typedef unsigned int __re_size_t;
typedef unsigned long int __re_long_size_t;
#endif
/* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type
wide enough to hold a value of a pointer. For most ANSI compilers
ptrdiff_t and size_t should be likely OK. Still size of these two
types is 2 for Microsoft C. Ugh... */
typedef long int s_reg_t;
typedef unsigned long int active_reg_t;
/* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we
recognize. The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax
remains the value 0. The bits are given in alphabetical order, and
the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we
add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change. */
typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t;
#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
/* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal.
If set, then such a \ quotes the following character. */
# define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int) 1)
/* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are
literals.
If set, then \+ and \? are operators and + and ? are literals. */
# define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then character classes are supported. They are:
[:alpha:], [:upper:], [:lower:], [:digit:], [:alnum:], [:xdigit:],
[:space:], [:print:], [:punct:], [:graph:], and [:cntrl:].
If not set, then character classes are not supported. */
# define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then ^ and $ are always anchors (outside bracket
expressions, of course).
If this bit is not set, then it depends:
^ is an anchor if it is at the beginning of a regular
expression or after an open-group or an alternation operator;
$ is an anchor if it is at the end of a regular expression, or
before a close-group or an alternation operator.
This bit could be (re)combined with RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS, because
POSIX draft 11.2 says that * etc. in leading positions is undefined.
We already implemented a previous draft which made those constructs
invalid, though, so we haven't changed the code back. */
# define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then special characters are always special
regardless of where they are in the pattern.
If this bit is not set, then special characters are special only in
some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary. Specifically,
* + ? and intervals are only special when not after the beginning,
open-group, or alternation operator. */
# define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then *, +, ?, and { cannot be first in an re or
immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator. */
# define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then . matches newline.
If not set, then it doesn't. */
# define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then . doesn't match NUL.
If not set, then it does. */
# define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE << 1)
/* If this bit is set, nonmatching lists [^...] do not match newline.
If not set, they do. */
# define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL << 1)
/* If this bit is set, either \{...\} or {...} defines an
interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES.
If not set, \{, \}, {, and } are literals. */
# define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE << 1)
/* If this bit is set, +, ? and | aren't recognized as operators.
If not set, they are. */
# define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, newline is an alternation operator.
If not set, newline is literal. */
# define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then `{...}' defines an interval, and \{ and \}
are literals.
If not set, then `\{...\}' defines an interval. */
# define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT << 1)
/* If this bit is set, (...) defines a group, and \( and \) are literals.
If not set, \(...\) defines a group, and ( and ) are literals. */
# define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then \<digit> matches <digit>.
If not set, then \<digit> is a back-reference. */
# define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal.
If not set, then \| is an alternation operator, and | is literal. */
# define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then an ending range point collating higher
than the starting range point, as in [z-a], is invalid.
If not set, then when ending range point collates higher than the
starting range point, the range is ignored. */
# define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then an unmatched ) is ordinary.
If not set, then an unmatched ) is invalid. */
# define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES << 1)
/* If this bit is set, succeed as soon as we match the whole pattern,
without further backtracking. */
# define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD << 1)
/* If this bit is set, do not process the GNU regex operators.
If not set, then the GNU regex operators are recognized. */
# define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING << 1)
/* If this bit is set, turn on internal regex debugging.
If not set, and debugging was on, turn it off.
This only works if regex.c is compiled -DDEBUG.
We define this bit always, so that all that's needed to turn on
debugging is to recompile regex.c; the calling code can always have
this bit set, and it won't affect anything in the normal case. */
# define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, a syntactically invalid interval is treated as
a string of ordinary characters. For example, the ERE 'a{1' is
treated as 'a\{1'. */
# define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
If not set, then case is significant. */
# define RE_ICASE (RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD << 1)
/* This bit is used internally like RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS but only
for ^, because it is difficult to scan the regex backwards to find
whether ^ should be special. */
# define RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE (RE_ICASE << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then \{ cannot be first in an bre or
immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator. */
# define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP (RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then no_sub will be set to 1 during
re_compile_pattern. */
# define RE_NO_SUB (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP << 1)
#endif /* defined __USE_GNU_REGEX */
/* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for
some interfaces). When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is
stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect
already-compiled regexps. */
extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
/* Define combinations of the above bits for the standard possibilities.
(The [[[ comments delimit what gets put into the Texinfo file, so
don't delete them!) */
/* [[[begin syntaxes]]] */
# define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0
# define RE_SYNTAX_AWK \
(RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL \
| RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_REFS \
| RE_NO_BK_VBAR | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES \
| RE_DOT_NEWLINE | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \
| RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
# define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK \
((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DEBUG) \
& ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_INTERVALS | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS \
| RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS ))
# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK \
(RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS \
| RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
# define RE_SYNTAX_GREP \
(RE_BK_PLUS_QM | RE_CHAR_CLASSES \
| RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE | RE_INTERVALS \
| RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
# define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP \
(RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \
| RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE \
| RE_NEWLINE_ALT | RE_NO_BK_PARENS \
| RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP \
(RE_SYNTAX_EGREP | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \
| RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)
/* P1003.2/D11.2, section 4.20.7.1, lines 5078ff. */
# define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
# define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
/* Syntax bits common to both basic and extended POSIX regex syntax. */
# define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON \
(RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_DOT_NEWLINE | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL \
| RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC \
(_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_BK_PLUS_QM | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP)
/* Differs from ..._POSIX_BASIC only in that RE_BK_PLUS_QM becomes
RE_LIMITED_OPS, i.e., \? \+ \| are not recognized. Actually, this
isn't minimal, since other operators, such as \`, aren't disabled. */
# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC \
(_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_LIMITED_OPS)
# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED \
(_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \
| RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \
| RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_VBAR \
| RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
/* Differs from ..._POSIX_EXTENDED in that RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS is
removed and RE_NO_BK_REFS is added. */
# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED \
(_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \
| RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \
| RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_REFS \
| RE_NO_BK_VBAR | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
/* [[[end syntaxes]]] */
#endif /* defined __USE_GNU_REGEX */
#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
/* Maximum number of duplicates an interval can allow. POSIX-conforming
systems might define this in <limits.h>, but we want our
value, so remove any previous define. */
# ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
# undef RE_DUP_MAX
# endif
/* RE_DUP_MAX is 2**15 - 1 because an earlier implementation stored
the counter as a 2-byte signed integer. This is no longer true, so
RE_DUP_MAX could be increased to (INT_MAX / 10 - 1), or to
((SIZE_MAX - 2) / 10 - 1) if _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS is defined.
However, there would be a huge performance problem if someone
actually used a pattern like a\{214748363\}, so RE_DUP_MAX retains
its historical value. */
# define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff)
#endif /* defined __USE_GNU_REGEX */
/* POSIX `cflags' bits (i.e., information for `regcomp'). */
/* If this bit is set, then use extended regular expression syntax.
If not set, then use basic regular expression syntax. */
#define REG_EXTENDED 1
/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
If not set, then case is significant. */
#define REG_ICASE (1 << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then anchors do not match at newline
characters in the string.
If not set, then anchors do match at newlines. */
#define REG_NEWLINE (1 << 2)
/* If this bit is set, then report only success or fail in regexec.
If not set, then returns differ between not matching and errors. */
#define REG_NOSUB (1 << 3)
/* POSIX `eflags' bits (i.e., information for regexec). */
/* If this bit is set, then the beginning-of-line operator doesn't match
the beginning of the string (presumably because it's not the
beginning of a line).
If not set, then the beginning-of-line operator does match the
beginning of the string. */
#define REG_NOTBOL 1
/* Like REG_NOTBOL, except for the end-of-line. */
#define REG_NOTEOL (1 << 1)
/* Use PMATCH[0] to delimit the start and end of the search in the
buffer. */
#define REG_STARTEND (1 << 2)
/* If any error codes are removed, changed, or added, update the
`__re_error_msgid' table in regcomp.c. */
typedef enum
{
_REG_ENOSYS = -1, /* This will never happen for this implementation. */
_REG_NOERROR = 0, /* Success. */
_REG_NOMATCH, /* Didn't find a match (for regexec). */
/* POSIX regcomp return error codes. (In the order listed in the
standard.) */
_REG_BADPAT, /* Invalid pattern. */
_REG_ECOLLATE, /* Invalid collating element. */
_REG_ECTYPE, /* Invalid character class name. */
_REG_EESCAPE, /* Trailing backslash. */
_REG_ESUBREG, /* Invalid back reference. */
_REG_EBRACK, /* Unmatched left bracket. */
_REG_EPAREN, /* Parenthesis imbalance. */
_REG_EBRACE, /* Unmatched \{. */
_REG_BADBR, /* Invalid contents of \{\}. */
_REG_ERANGE, /* Invalid range end. */
_REG_ESPACE, /* Ran out of memory. */
_REG_BADRPT, /* No preceding re for repetition op. */
/* Error codes we've added. */
_REG_EEND, /* Premature end. */
_REG_ESIZE, /* Compiled pattern bigger than 2^16 bytes. */
_REG_ERPAREN /* Unmatched ) or \); not returned from regcomp. */
} reg_errcode_t;
#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
# define REG_ENOSYS _REG_ENOSYS
#endif
#define REG_NOERROR _REG_NOERROR
#define REG_NOMATCH _REG_NOMATCH
#define REG_BADPAT _REG_BADPAT
#define REG_ECOLLATE _REG_ECOLLATE
#define REG_ECTYPE _REG_ECTYPE
#define REG_EESCAPE _REG_EESCAPE
#define REG_ESUBREG _REG_ESUBREG
#define REG_EBRACK _REG_EBRACK
#define REG_EPAREN _REG_EPAREN
#define REG_EBRACE _REG_EBRACE
#define REG_BADBR _REG_BADBR
#define REG_ERANGE _REG_ERANGE
#define REG_ESPACE _REG_ESPACE
#define REG_BADRPT _REG_BADRPT
#define REG_EEND _REG_EEND
#define REG_ESIZE _REG_ESIZE
#define REG_ERPAREN _REG_ERPAREN
/* struct re_pattern_buffer normally uses member names like `buffer'
that POSIX does not allow. In POSIX mode these members have names
with leading `re_' (e.g., `re_buffer'). */
#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
# define _REG_RE_NAME(id) id
# define _REG_RM_NAME(id) id
#else
# define _REG_RE_NAME(id) re_##id
# define _REG_RM_NAME(id) rm_##id
#endif
/* The user can specify the type of the re_translate member by
defining the macro RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE, which defaults to unsigned
char *. This pollutes the POSIX name space, so in POSIX mode just
use unsigned char *. */
#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
# ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
# define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE unsigned char *
# endif
# define REG_TRANSLATE_TYPE RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
#else
# define REG_TRANSLATE_TYPE unsigned char *
#endif
/* This data structure represents a compiled pattern. Before calling
the pattern compiler, the fields `buffer', `allocated', `fastmap',
`translate', and `no_sub' can be set. After the pattern has been
compiled, the `re_nsub' field is available. All other fields are
private to the regex routines. */
struct re_pattern_buffer
{
/* Space that holds the compiled pattern. It is declared as
`unsigned char *' because its elements are sometimes used as
array indexes. */
unsigned char *_REG_RE_NAME (buffer);
/* Number of bytes to which `buffer' points. */
__re_long_size_t _REG_RE_NAME (allocated);
/* Number of bytes actually used in `buffer'. */
__re_long_size_t _REG_RE_NAME (used);
/* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled. */
reg_syntax_t _REG_RE_NAME (syntax);
/* Pointer to a fastmap, if any, otherwise zero. re_search uses the
fastmap, if there is one, to skip over impossible starting points
for matches. */
char *_REG_RE_NAME (fastmap);
/* Either a translate table to apply to all characters before
comparing them, or zero for no translation. The translation is
applied to a pattern when it is compiled and to a string when it
is matched. */
REG_TRANSLATE_TYPE _REG_RE_NAME (translate);
/* Number of subexpressions found by the compiler. */
size_t re_nsub;
/* Zero if this pattern cannot match the empty string, one else.
Well, in truth it's used only in `re_search_2', to see whether or
not we should use the fastmap, so we don't set this absolutely
perfectly; see `re_compile_fastmap' (the `duplicate' case). */
unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (can_be_null) : 1;
/* If REGS_UNALLOCATED, allocate space in the `regs' structure
for `max (RE_NREGS, re_nsub + 1)' groups.
If REGS_REALLOCATE, reallocate space if necessary.
If REGS_FIXED, use what's there. */
#ifdef __USE_GNU_REGEX
# define REGS_UNALLOCATED 0
# define REGS_REALLOCATE 1
# define REGS_FIXED 2
#endif
unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (regs_allocated) : 2;
/* Set to zero when `regex_compile' compiles a pattern; set to one
by `re_compile_fastmap' if it updates the fastmap. */
unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (fastmap_accurate) : 1;
/* If set, `re_match_2' does not return information about
subexpressions. */
unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (no_sub) : 1;
/* If set, a beginning-of-line anchor doesn't match at the beginning
of the string. */
unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (not_bol) : 1;
/* Similarly for an end-of-line anchor. */
unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (not_eol) : 1;
/* If true, an anchor at a newline matches. */
unsigned int _REG_RE_NAME (newline_anchor) : 1;
/* [[[end pattern_buffer]]] */
};
typedef struct re_pattern_buffer regex_t;
/* This is the structure we store register match data in. See
regex.texinfo for a full description of what registers match. */
struct re_registers
{
__re_size_t _REG_RM_NAME (num_regs);
regoff_t *_REG_RM_NAME (start);
regoff_t *_REG_RM_NAME (end);
};
/* If `regs_allocated' is REGS_UNALLOCATED in the pattern buffer,
`re_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers
the first time a `regs' structure is passed. */
#if !defined RE_NREGS && defined __USE_GNU_REGEX
# define RE_NREGS 30
#endif
/* POSIX specification for registers. Aside from the different names than
`re_registers', POSIX uses an array of structures, instead of a
structure of arrays. */
typedef struct
{
regoff_t rm_so; /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's start. */
regoff_t rm_eo; /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's end. */
} regmatch_t;
/* Declarations for routines. */
/* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax.
You can also simply assign to the `re_syntax_options' variable. */
extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax (reg_syntax_t __syntax);
/* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH
and syntax given by the global `re_syntax_options', into the buffer
BUFFER. Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not. */
extern const char *re_compile_pattern (const char *__pattern, size_t __length,
struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer);
/* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to
accelerate searches. Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an
internal error. */
extern int re_compile_fastmap (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer);
/* Search in the string STRING (with length LENGTH) for the pattern
compiled into BUFFER. Start searching at position START, for RANGE
characters. Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no
match, or -2 for an internal error. Also return register
information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero). */
extern regoff_t re_search (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
const char *__string, __re_idx_t __length,
__re_idx_t __start, regoff_t __range,
struct re_registers *__regs);
/* Like `re_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and
STRING2. Also, stop searching at index START + STOP. */
extern regoff_t re_search_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
const char *__string1, __re_idx_t __length1,
const char *__string2, __re_idx_t __length2,
__re_idx_t __start, regoff_t __range,
struct re_registers *__regs,
__re_idx_t __stop);
/* Like `re_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp
in BUFFER matched, starting at position START. */
extern regoff_t re_match (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
const char *__string, __re_idx_t __length,
__re_idx_t __start, struct re_registers *__regs);
/* Relates to `re_match' as `re_search_2' relates to `re_search'. */
extern regoff_t re_match_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
const char *__string1, __re_idx_t __length1,
const char *__string2, __re_idx_t __length2,
__re_idx_t __start, struct re_registers *__regs,
__re_idx_t __stop);
/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
ENDS. Subsequent matches using BUFFER and REGS will use this memory
for recording register information. STARTS and ENDS must be
allocated with malloc, and must each be at least `NUM_REGS * sizeof
(regoff_t)' bytes long.
If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
register data.
Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
freeing the old data. */
extern void re_set_registers (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
struct re_registers *__regs,
__re_size_t __num_regs,
regoff_t *__starts, regoff_t *__ends);
#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
# ifndef _CRAY
/* 4.2 bsd compatibility. */
extern char *re_comp (const char *);
extern int re_exec (const char *);
# endif
#endif
/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
"restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".
Other compilers use __restrict, __restrict__, and _Restrict, and
'configure' might #define 'restrict' to those words, so pick a
different name. */
#ifndef _Restrict_
# if 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
# define _Restrict_ restrict
# elif 2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
# define _Restrict_ __restrict
# else
# define _Restrict_
# endif
#endif
/* gcc 3.1 and up support the [restrict] syntax. Don't trust
sys/cdefs.h's definition of __restrict_arr, though, as it
mishandles gcc -ansi -pedantic. */
#ifndef _Restrict_arr_
# if ((199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
|| ((3 < __GNUC__ || (3 == __GNUC__ && 1 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)) \
&& !__STRICT_ANSI__)) \
&& !defined __GNUG__)
# define _Restrict_arr_ _Restrict_
# else
# define _Restrict_arr_
# endif
#endif
/* POSIX compatibility. */
extern int regcomp (regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
const char *_Restrict_ __pattern,
int __cflags);
extern int regexec (const regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
const char *_Restrict_ __string, size_t __nmatch,
regmatch_t __pmatch[_Restrict_arr_],
int __eflags);
extern size_t regerror (int __errcode, const regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
char *_Restrict_ __errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size);
extern void regfree (regex_t *__preg);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif /* C++ */
#endif /* regex.h */

1740
gnulib/regex_internal.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

871
gnulib/regex_internal.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,871 @@
/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef _REGEX_INTERNAL_H
#define _REGEX_INTERNAL_H 1
#include <assert.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <langinfo.h>
#ifndef _LIBC
# include "localcharset.h"
#endif
#if defined HAVE_LOCALE_H || defined _LIBC
# include <locale.h>
#endif
#include <wchar.h>
#include <wctype.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#if defined _LIBC
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else
# define __libc_lock_init(NAME) do { } while (0)
# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME) do { } while (0)
# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME) do { } while (0)
#endif
/* In case that the system doesn't have isblank(). */
#if !defined _LIBC && ! (defined isblank || (HAVE_ISBLANK && HAVE_DECL_ISBLANK))
# define isblank(ch) ((ch) == ' ' || (ch) == '\t')
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# ifndef _RE_DEFINE_LOCALE_FUNCTIONS
# define _RE_DEFINE_LOCALE_FUNCTIONS 1
# include <locale/localeinfo.h>
# include <locale/elem-hash.h>
# include <locale/coll-lookup.h>
# endif
#endif
/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages. */
#if (HAVE_LIBINTL_H && ENABLE_NLS) || defined _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
# ifdef _LIBC
# undef gettext
# define gettext(msgid) \
INTUSE(__dcgettext) (_libc_intl_domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
# endif
#else
# define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
#endif
#ifndef gettext_noop
/* This define is so xgettext can find the internationalizable
strings. */
# define gettext_noop(String) String
#endif
/* For loser systems without the definition. */
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
#endif
#if (defined MB_CUR_MAX && HAVE_LOCALE_H && HAVE_WCTYPE_H && HAVE_ISWCTYPE && HAVE_WCSCOLL) || _LIBC
# define RE_ENABLE_I18N
#endif
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
# define BE(expr, val) __builtin_expect (expr, val)
#else
# define BE(expr, val) (expr)
# ifdef _LIBC
# define inline
# endif
#endif
/* Number of ASCII characters. */
#define ASCII_CHARS 0x80
/* Number of single byte characters. */
#define SBC_MAX (UCHAR_MAX + 1)
#define COLL_ELEM_LEN_MAX 8
/* The character which represents newline. */
#define NEWLINE_CHAR '\n'
#define WIDE_NEWLINE_CHAR L'\n'
/* Rename to standard API for using out of glibc. */
#ifndef _LIBC
# define __wctype wctype
# define __iswctype iswctype
# define __btowc btowc
# define __wcrtomb wcrtomb
# define __mbrtowc mbrtowc
# define __regfree regfree
# define attribute_hidden
#endif /* not _LIBC */
#if __GNUC__ >= 4 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)
# define __attribute(arg) __attribute__ (arg)
#else
# define __attribute(arg)
#endif
typedef __re_idx_t Idx;
/* Special return value for failure to match. */
#define REG_MISSING ((Idx) -1)
/* Special return value for internal error. */
#define REG_ERROR ((Idx) -2)
/* Test whether N is a valid index, and is not one of the above. */
#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
# define REG_VALID_INDEX(n) ((Idx) (n) < REG_ERROR)
#else
# define REG_VALID_INDEX(n) (0 <= (n))
#endif
/* Test whether N is a valid nonzero index. */
#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
# define REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX(n) ((Idx) ((n) - 1) < (Idx) (REG_ERROR - 1))
#else
# define REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX(n) (0 < (n))
#endif
/* A hash value, suitable for computing hash tables. */
typedef __re_size_t re_hashval_t;
/* An integer used to represent a set of bits. It must be unsigned,
and must be at least as wide as unsigned int. */
typedef unsigned long int bitset_word_t;
/* All bits set in a bitset_word_t. */
#define BITSET_WORD_MAX ULONG_MAX
/* Number of bits in a bitset_word_t. For portability to hosts with
padding bits, do not use '(sizeof (bitset_word_t) * CHAR_BIT)';
instead, deduce it directly from BITSET_WORD_MAX. Avoid
greater-than-32-bit integers and unconditional shifts by more than
31 bits, as they're not portable. */
#if BITSET_WORD_MAX == 0xffffffffUL
# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 32
#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 4 == 1
# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 36
#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 16 == 1
# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 48
#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 28 == 1
# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 60
#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1
# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 64
#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 9 == 1
# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 72
#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 3 == 1
# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 128
#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 7 == 1
# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 256
#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 7 > 1
# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 257 /* any value > SBC_MAX will do here */
# if BITSET_WORD_BITS <= SBC_MAX
# error "Invalid SBC_MAX"
# endif
#else
# error "Add case for new bitset_word_t size"
#endif
/* Number of bitset_word_t values in a bitset_t. */
#define BITSET_WORDS ((SBC_MAX + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS)
typedef bitset_word_t bitset_t[BITSET_WORDS];
typedef bitset_word_t *re_bitset_ptr_t;
typedef const bitset_word_t *re_const_bitset_ptr_t;
#define PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0001
#define PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0002
#define NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0004
#define NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0008
#define PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT 0x0010
#define NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT 0x0020
#define PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT 0x0040
#define NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT 0x0080
#define WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT 0x0100
#define NOT_WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT 0x0200
typedef enum
{
INSIDE_WORD = PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT,
WORD_FIRST = PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT,
WORD_LAST = PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT,
INSIDE_NOTWORD = PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT,
LINE_FIRST = PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT,
LINE_LAST = NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT,
BUF_FIRST = PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT,
BUF_LAST = NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT,
WORD_DELIM = WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT,
NOT_WORD_DELIM = NOT_WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT
} re_context_type;
typedef struct
{
Idx alloc;
Idx nelem;
Idx *elems;
} re_node_set;
typedef enum
{
NON_TYPE = 0,
/* Node type, These are used by token, node, tree. */
CHARACTER = 1,
END_OF_RE = 2,
SIMPLE_BRACKET = 3,
OP_BACK_REF = 4,
OP_PERIOD = 5,
#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
COMPLEX_BRACKET = 6,
OP_UTF8_PERIOD = 7,
#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
/* We define EPSILON_BIT as a macro so that OP_OPEN_SUBEXP is used
when the debugger shows values of this enum type. */
#define EPSILON_BIT 8
OP_OPEN_SUBEXP = EPSILON_BIT | 0,
OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP = EPSILON_BIT | 1,
OP_ALT = EPSILON_BIT | 2,
OP_DUP_ASTERISK = EPSILON_BIT | 3,
ANCHOR = EPSILON_BIT | 4,
/* Tree type, these are used only by tree. */
CONCAT = 16,
SUBEXP = 17,
/* Token type, these are used only by token. */
OP_DUP_PLUS = 18,
OP_DUP_QUESTION,
OP_OPEN_BRACKET,
OP_CLOSE_BRACKET,
OP_CHARSET_RANGE,
OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM,
OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM,
OP_NON_MATCH_LIST,
OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM,
OP_CLOSE_COLL_ELEM,
OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS,
OP_CLOSE_EQUIV_CLASS,
OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS,
OP_CLOSE_CHAR_CLASS,
OP_WORD,
OP_NOTWORD,
OP_SPACE,
OP_NOTSPACE,
BACK_SLASH
} re_token_type_t;
#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
typedef struct
{
/* Multibyte characters. */
wchar_t *mbchars;
/* Collating symbols. */
# ifdef _LIBC
int32_t *coll_syms;
# endif
/* Equivalence classes. */
# ifdef _LIBC
int32_t *equiv_classes;
# endif
/* Range expressions. */
# ifdef _LIBC
uint32_t *range_starts;
uint32_t *range_ends;
# else /* not _LIBC */
wchar_t *range_starts;
wchar_t *range_ends;
# endif /* not _LIBC */
/* Character classes. */
wctype_t *char_classes;
/* If this character set is the non-matching list. */
unsigned int non_match : 1;
/* # of multibyte characters. */
Idx nmbchars;
/* # of collating symbols. */
Idx ncoll_syms;
/* # of equivalence classes. */
Idx nequiv_classes;
/* # of range expressions. */
Idx nranges;
/* # of character classes. */
Idx nchar_classes;
} re_charset_t;
#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
typedef struct
{
union
{
unsigned char c; /* for CHARACTER */
re_bitset_ptr_t sbcset; /* for SIMPLE_BRACKET */
#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
re_charset_t *mbcset; /* for COMPLEX_BRACKET */
#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
Idx idx; /* for BACK_REF */
re_context_type ctx_type; /* for ANCHOR */
} opr;
#if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !__STRICT_ANSI__
re_token_type_t type : 8;
#else
re_token_type_t type;
#endif
unsigned int constraint : 10; /* context constraint */
unsigned int duplicated : 1;
unsigned int opt_subexp : 1;
#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
unsigned int accept_mb : 1;
/* These 2 bits can be moved into the union if needed (e.g. if running out
of bits; move opr.c to opr.c.c and move the flags to opr.c.flags). */
unsigned int mb_partial : 1;
#endif
unsigned int word_char : 1;
} re_token_t;
#define IS_EPSILON_NODE(type) ((type) & EPSILON_BIT)
struct re_string_t
{
/* Indicate the raw buffer which is the original string passed as an
argument of regexec(), re_search(), etc.. */
const unsigned char *raw_mbs;
/* Store the multibyte string. In case of "case insensitive mode" like
REG_ICASE, upper cases of the string are stored, otherwise MBS points
the same address that RAW_MBS points. */
unsigned char *mbs;
#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
/* Store the wide character string which is corresponding to MBS. */
wint_t *wcs;
Idx *offsets;
mbstate_t cur_state;
#endif
/* Index in RAW_MBS. Each character mbs[i] corresponds to
raw_mbs[raw_mbs_idx + i]. */
Idx raw_mbs_idx;
/* The length of the valid characters in the buffers. */
Idx valid_len;
/* The corresponding number of bytes in raw_mbs array. */
Idx valid_raw_len;
/* The length of the buffers MBS and WCS. */
Idx bufs_len;
/* The index in MBS, which is updated by re_string_fetch_byte. */
Idx cur_idx;
/* length of RAW_MBS array. */
Idx raw_len;
/* This is RAW_LEN - RAW_MBS_IDX + VALID_LEN - VALID_RAW_LEN. */
Idx len;
/* End of the buffer may be shorter than its length in the cases such
as re_match_2, re_search_2. Then, we use STOP for end of the buffer
instead of LEN. */
Idx raw_stop;
/* This is RAW_STOP - RAW_MBS_IDX adjusted through OFFSETS. */
Idx stop;
/* The context of mbs[0]. We store the context independently, since
the context of mbs[0] may be different from raw_mbs[0], which is
the beginning of the input string. */
unsigned int tip_context;
/* The translation passed as a part of an argument of re_compile_pattern. */
RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans;
/* Copy of re_dfa_t's word_char. */
re_const_bitset_ptr_t word_char;
/* true if REG_ICASE. */
unsigned char icase;
unsigned char is_utf8;
unsigned char map_notascii;
unsigned char mbs_allocated;
unsigned char offsets_needed;
unsigned char newline_anchor;
unsigned char word_ops_used;
int mb_cur_max;
};
typedef struct re_string_t re_string_t;
struct re_dfa_t;
typedef struct re_dfa_t re_dfa_t;
#ifndef _LIBC
# if defined __i386__ && !defined __EMX__
# define internal_function __attribute ((regparm (3), stdcall))
# else
# define internal_function
# endif
#endif
static reg_errcode_t re_string_realloc_buffers (re_string_t *pstr,
Idx new_buf_len)
internal_function;
#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
static void build_wcs_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) internal_function;
static reg_errcode_t build_wcs_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
internal_function;
#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
static void build_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) internal_function;
static void re_string_translate_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) internal_function;
static unsigned int re_string_context_at (const re_string_t *input, Idx idx,
int eflags)
internal_function __attribute ((pure));
#define re_string_peek_byte(pstr, offset) \
((pstr)->mbs[(pstr)->cur_idx + offset])
#define re_string_fetch_byte(pstr) \
((pstr)->mbs[(pstr)->cur_idx++])
#define re_string_first_byte(pstr, idx) \
((idx) == (pstr)->valid_len || (pstr)->wcs[idx] != WEOF)
#define re_string_is_single_byte_char(pstr, idx) \
((pstr)->wcs[idx] != WEOF && ((pstr)->valid_len == (idx) + 1 \
|| (pstr)->wcs[(idx) + 1] != WEOF))
#define re_string_eoi(pstr) ((pstr)->stop <= (pstr)->cur_idx)
#define re_string_cur_idx(pstr) ((pstr)->cur_idx)
#define re_string_get_buffer(pstr) ((pstr)->mbs)
#define re_string_length(pstr) ((pstr)->len)
#define re_string_byte_at(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->mbs[idx])
#define re_string_skip_bytes(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->cur_idx += (idx))
#define re_string_set_index(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->cur_idx = (idx))
#include <alloca.h>
#ifndef _LIBC
# if HAVE_ALLOCA
/* The OS usually guarantees only one guard page at the bottom of the stack,
and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes. So we cannot safely
allocate anything larger than 4096 bytes. Also care for the possibility
of a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots. */
# define __libc_use_alloca(n) ((n) < 4032)
# else
/* alloca is implemented with malloc, so just use malloc. */
# define __libc_use_alloca(n) 0
# endif
#endif
#ifndef MAX
# define MAX(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a))
#endif
#define re_malloc(t,n) ((t *) malloc ((n) * sizeof (t)))
#define re_realloc(p,t,n) ((t *) realloc (p, (n) * sizeof (t)))
#define re_free(p) free (p)
struct bin_tree_t
{
struct bin_tree_t *parent;
struct bin_tree_t *left;
struct bin_tree_t *right;
struct bin_tree_t *first;
struct bin_tree_t *next;
re_token_t token;
/* `node_idx' is the index in dfa->nodes, if `type' == 0.
Otherwise `type' indicate the type of this node. */
Idx node_idx;
};
typedef struct bin_tree_t bin_tree_t;
#define BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE \
((1024 - sizeof (void *)) / sizeof (bin_tree_t))
struct bin_tree_storage_t
{
struct bin_tree_storage_t *next;
bin_tree_t data[BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE];
};
typedef struct bin_tree_storage_t bin_tree_storage_t;
#define CONTEXT_WORD 1
#define CONTEXT_NEWLINE (CONTEXT_WORD << 1)
#define CONTEXT_BEGBUF (CONTEXT_NEWLINE << 1)
#define CONTEXT_ENDBUF (CONTEXT_BEGBUF << 1)
#define IS_WORD_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_WORD)
#define IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_NEWLINE)
#define IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_BEGBUF)
#define IS_ENDBUF_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_ENDBUF)
#define IS_ORDINARY_CONTEXT(c) ((c) == 0)
#define IS_WORD_CHAR(ch) (isalnum (ch) || (ch) == '_')
#define IS_NEWLINE(ch) ((ch) == NEWLINE_CHAR)
#define IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR(ch) (iswalnum (ch) || (ch) == L'_')
#define IS_WIDE_NEWLINE(ch) ((ch) == WIDE_NEWLINE_CHAR)
#define NOT_SATISFY_PREV_CONSTRAINT(constraint,context) \
((((constraint) & PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
|| ((constraint & PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT) && IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
|| ((constraint & PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context))\
|| ((constraint & PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT (context)))
#define NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT(constraint,context) \
((((constraint) & NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
|| (((constraint) & NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT) && IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
|| (((constraint) & NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context)) \
|| (((constraint) & NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_ENDBUF_CONTEXT (context)))
struct re_dfastate_t
{
re_hashval_t hash;
re_node_set nodes;
re_node_set non_eps_nodes;
re_node_set inveclosure;
re_node_set *entrance_nodes;
struct re_dfastate_t **trtable, **word_trtable;
unsigned int context : 4;
unsigned int halt : 1;
/* If this state can accept `multi byte'.
Note that we refer to multibyte characters, and multi character
collating elements as `multi byte'. */
unsigned int accept_mb : 1;
/* If this state has backreference node(s). */
unsigned int has_backref : 1;
unsigned int has_constraint : 1;
};
typedef struct re_dfastate_t re_dfastate_t;
struct re_state_table_entry
{
Idx num;
Idx alloc;
re_dfastate_t **array;
};
/* Array type used in re_sub_match_last_t and re_sub_match_top_t. */
typedef struct
{
Idx next_idx;
Idx alloc;
re_dfastate_t **array;
} state_array_t;
/* Store information about the node NODE whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP. */
typedef struct
{
Idx node;
Idx str_idx; /* The position NODE match at. */
state_array_t path;
} re_sub_match_last_t;
/* Store information about the node NODE whose type is OP_OPEN_SUBEXP.
And information about the node, whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP,
corresponding to NODE is stored in LASTS. */
typedef struct
{
Idx str_idx;
Idx node;
state_array_t *path;
Idx alasts; /* Allocation size of LASTS. */
Idx nlasts; /* The number of LASTS. */
re_sub_match_last_t **lasts;
} re_sub_match_top_t;
struct re_backref_cache_entry
{
Idx node;
Idx str_idx;
Idx subexp_from;
Idx subexp_to;
char more;
char unused;
unsigned short int eps_reachable_subexps_map;
};
typedef struct
{
/* The string object corresponding to the input string. */
re_string_t input;
#if defined _LIBC || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
const re_dfa_t *const dfa;
#else
const re_dfa_t *dfa;
#endif
/* EFLAGS of the argument of regexec. */
int eflags;
/* Where the matching ends. */
Idx match_last;
Idx last_node;
/* The state log used by the matcher. */
re_dfastate_t **state_log;
Idx state_log_top;
/* Back reference cache. */
Idx nbkref_ents;
Idx abkref_ents;
struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ents;
int max_mb_elem_len;
Idx nsub_tops;
Idx asub_tops;
re_sub_match_top_t **sub_tops;
} re_match_context_t;
typedef struct
{
re_dfastate_t **sifted_states;
re_dfastate_t **limited_states;
Idx last_node;
Idx last_str_idx;
re_node_set limits;
} re_sift_context_t;
struct re_fail_stack_ent_t
{
Idx idx;
Idx node;
regmatch_t *regs;
re_node_set eps_via_nodes;
};
struct re_fail_stack_t
{
Idx num;
Idx alloc;
struct re_fail_stack_ent_t *stack;
};
struct re_dfa_t
{
re_token_t *nodes;
size_t nodes_alloc;
size_t nodes_len;
Idx *nexts;
Idx *org_indices;
re_node_set *edests;
re_node_set *eclosures;
re_node_set *inveclosures;
struct re_state_table_entry *state_table;
re_dfastate_t *init_state;
re_dfastate_t *init_state_word;
re_dfastate_t *init_state_nl;
re_dfastate_t *init_state_begbuf;
bin_tree_t *str_tree;
bin_tree_storage_t *str_tree_storage;
re_bitset_ptr_t sb_char;
int str_tree_storage_idx;
/* number of subexpressions `re_nsub' is in regex_t. */
re_hashval_t state_hash_mask;
Idx init_node;
Idx nbackref; /* The number of backreference in this dfa. */
/* Bitmap expressing which backreference is used. */
bitset_word_t used_bkref_map;
bitset_word_t completed_bkref_map;
unsigned int has_plural_match : 1;
/* If this dfa has "multibyte node", which is a backreference or
a node which can accept multibyte character or multi character
collating element. */
unsigned int has_mb_node : 1;
unsigned int is_utf8 : 1;
unsigned int map_notascii : 1;
unsigned int word_ops_used : 1;
int mb_cur_max;
bitset_t word_char;
reg_syntax_t syntax;
Idx *subexp_map;
#ifdef DEBUG
char* re_str;
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
__libc_lock_define (, lock)
#endif
};
#define re_node_set_init_empty(set) memset (set, '\0', sizeof (re_node_set))
#define re_node_set_remove(set,id) \
(re_node_set_remove_at (set, re_node_set_contains (set, id) - 1))
#define re_node_set_empty(p) ((p)->nelem = 0)
#define re_node_set_free(set) re_free ((set)->elems)
typedef enum
{
SB_CHAR,
MB_CHAR,
EQUIV_CLASS,
COLL_SYM,
CHAR_CLASS
} bracket_elem_type;
typedef struct
{
bracket_elem_type type;
union
{
unsigned char ch;
unsigned char *name;
wchar_t wch;
} opr;
} bracket_elem_t;
/* Inline functions for bitset_t operation. */
static inline void
bitset_set (bitset_t set, Idx i)
{
set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] |= (bitset_word_t) 1 << i % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
}
static inline void
bitset_clear (bitset_t set, Idx i)
{
set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] &= ~ ((bitset_word_t) 1 << i % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
}
static inline bool
bitset_contain (const bitset_t set, Idx i)
{
return (set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] >> i % BITSET_WORD_BITS) & 1;
}
static inline void
bitset_empty (bitset_t set)
{
memset (set, '\0', sizeof (bitset_t));
}
static inline void
bitset_set_all (bitset_t set)
{
memset (set, -1, sizeof (bitset_word_t) * (SBC_MAX / BITSET_WORD_BITS));
if (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS != 0)
set[BITSET_WORDS - 1] =
((bitset_word_t) 1 << SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS) - 1;
}
static inline void
bitset_copy (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
{
memcpy (dest, src, sizeof (bitset_t));
}
static inline void
bitset_not (bitset_t set)
{
int bitset_i;
for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < SBC_MAX / BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++bitset_i)
set[bitset_i] = ~set[bitset_i];
if (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS != 0)
set[BITSET_WORDS - 1] =
((((bitset_word_t) 1 << SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS) - 1)
& ~set[BITSET_WORDS - 1]);
}
static inline void
bitset_merge (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
{
int bitset_i;
for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < BITSET_WORDS; ++bitset_i)
dest[bitset_i] |= src[bitset_i];
}
static inline void
bitset_mask (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
{
int bitset_i;
for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < BITSET_WORDS; ++bitset_i)
dest[bitset_i] &= src[bitset_i];
}
#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
/* Inline functions for re_string. */
static inline int
internal_function __attribute ((pure))
re_string_char_size_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
{
int byte_idx;
if (pstr->mb_cur_max == 1)
return 1;
for (byte_idx = 1; idx + byte_idx < pstr->valid_len; ++byte_idx)
if (pstr->wcs[idx + byte_idx] != WEOF)
break;
return byte_idx;
}
static inline wint_t
internal_function __attribute ((pure))
re_string_wchar_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
{
if (pstr->mb_cur_max == 1)
return (wint_t) pstr->mbs[idx];
return (wint_t) pstr->wcs[idx];
}
static int
internal_function __attribute ((pure))
re_string_elem_size_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
{
# ifdef _LIBC
const unsigned char *p, *extra;
const int32_t *table, *indirect;
int32_t tmp;
# include <locale/weight.h>
uint_fast32_t nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
if (nrules != 0)
{
table = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
extra = (const unsigned char *)
_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB);
indirect = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
_NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB);
p = pstr->mbs + idx;
tmp = findidx (&p);
return p - pstr->mbs - idx;
}
else
# endif /* _LIBC */
return 1;
}
#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_MINOR__
# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) \
((__GNUC__ << 16) + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= ((maj) << 16) + (min))
# else
# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0
# endif
#endif
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,4)
# undef __attribute_warn_unused_result__
# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ \
__attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
#else
# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ /* empty */
#endif
#endif /* _REGEX_INTERNAL_H */

4416
gnulib/regexec.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

5
include/grub/aout.h
View File

@ -102,6 +102,7 @@ union grub_aout_header
#define AOUT_MID_I386 134 /* i386 BSD binary */
#define AOUT_MID_SPARC 138 /* sparc */
#define AOUT_MID_HP200 200 /* hp200 (68010) BSD binary */
#define AOUT_MID_SUN 0x103
#define AOUT_MID_HP300 300 /* hp300 (68020+68881) BSD binary */
#define AOUT_MID_HPUX 0x20C /* hp200/300 HP-UX binary */
#define AOUT_MID_HPUX800 0x20B /* hp800 HP-UX binary */
@ -114,10 +115,14 @@ union grub_aout_header
#define AOUT_GETMID(header) ((header).a_midmag >> 16) & 0x03ff)
#define AOUT_GETFLAG(header) ((header).a_midmag >> 26) & 0x3f)
#ifndef GRUB_UTIL
int EXPORT_FUNC(grub_aout_get_type) (union grub_aout_header *header);
grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC(grub_aout_load) (grub_file_t file, int offset,
grub_addr_t load_addr, int load_size,
grub_addr_t bss_end_addr);
#endif
#endif /* ! GRUB_AOUT_HEADER */

26
include/grub/bitmap.h
View File

@ -47,24 +47,24 @@ struct grub_video_bitmap_reader
};
typedef struct grub_video_bitmap_reader *grub_video_bitmap_reader_t;
void grub_video_bitmap_reader_register (grub_video_bitmap_reader_t reader);
void grub_video_bitmap_reader_unregister (grub_video_bitmap_reader_t reader);
void EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_reader_register) (grub_video_bitmap_reader_t reader);
void EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_reader_unregister) (grub_video_bitmap_reader_t reader);
grub_err_t grub_video_bitmap_create (struct grub_video_bitmap **bitmap,
unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
enum grub_video_blit_format blit_format);
grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_create) (struct grub_video_bitmap **bitmap,
unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
enum grub_video_blit_format blit_format);
grub_err_t grub_video_bitmap_destroy (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap);
grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_destroy) (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap);
grub_err_t grub_video_bitmap_load (struct grub_video_bitmap **bitmap,
const char *filename);
grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_load) (struct grub_video_bitmap **bitmap,
const char *filename);
unsigned int grub_video_bitmap_get_width (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap);
unsigned int grub_video_bitmap_get_height (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap);
unsigned int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_get_width) (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap);
unsigned int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_get_height) (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap);
void grub_video_bitmap_get_mode_info (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap,
struct grub_video_mode_info *mode_info);
void EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_get_mode_info) (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap,
struct grub_video_mode_info *mode_info);
void *grub_video_bitmap_get_data (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap);
void *EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_get_data) (struct grub_video_bitmap *bitmap);
#endif /* ! GRUB_BITMAP_HEADER */

11
include/grub/bitmap_scale.h
View File

@ -39,10 +39,11 @@ enum grub_video_bitmap_scale_method
};
grub_err_t
grub_video_bitmap_create_scaled (struct grub_video_bitmap **dst,
int dst_width, int dst_height,
struct grub_video_bitmap *src,
enum
grub_video_bitmap_scale_method scale_method);
EXPORT_FUNC (grub_video_bitmap_create_scaled) (struct grub_video_bitmap **dst,
int dst_width, int dst_height,
struct grub_video_bitmap *src,
enum
grub_video_bitmap_scale_method
scale_method);
#endif /* ! GRUB_BITMAP_SCALE_HEADER */

89
include/grub/bsdlabel.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
/*
* GRUB -- GRand Unified Bootloader
* Copyright (C) 1999,2000,2001,2002,2004,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*
* GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with GRUB. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#ifndef GRUB_BSDLABEL_PARTITION_HEADER
#define GRUB_BSDLABEL_PARTITION_HEADER 1
/* Constants for BSD disk label. */
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_LABEL_SECTOR 1
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_LABEL_MAGIC 0x82564557
/* BSD partition types. */
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_UNUSED 0
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_SWAP 1
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_V6 2
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_V7 3
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_SYSV 4
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_V71K 5
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_V8 6
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_BSDFFS 7
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_MSDOS 8
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_BSDLFS 9
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_OTHER 10
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_HPFS 11
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_ISO9660 12
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_BOOT 13
/* FreeBSD-specific types. */
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_FREEBSD_TYPE_VINUM 14
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_FREEBSD_TYPE_RAID 15
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_FREEBSD_TYPE_JFS2 21
/* NetBSD-specific types. */
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_ADOS 14
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_HFS 15
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_FILECORE 16
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_EXT2FS 17
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_NTFS 18
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_RAID 19
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_CCD 20
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_JFS2 21
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_APPLEUFS 22
/* OpenBSD-specific types. */
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_ADOS 14
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_HFS 15
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_FILECORE 16
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_EXT2FS 17
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_NTFS 18
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_RAID 19
/* The BSD partition entry. */
struct grub_partition_bsd_entry
{
grub_uint32_t size;
grub_uint32_t offset;
grub_uint32_t fragment_size;
grub_uint8_t fs_type;
grub_uint8_t fs_fragments;
grub_uint16_t fs_cylinders;
} __attribute__ ((packed));
/* The BSD disk label. Only define members useful for GRUB. */
struct grub_partition_bsd_disk_label
{
grub_uint32_t magic;
grub_uint8_t padding[128];
grub_uint32_t magic2;
grub_uint16_t checksum;
grub_uint16_t num_partitions;
grub_uint32_t boot_size;
grub_uint32_t superblock_size;
} __attribute__ ((packed));
#endif /* ! GRUB_PC_PARTITION_HEADER */

4
include/grub/bufio.h
View File

@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
#include <grub/file.h>
grub_file_t grub_bufio_open (grub_file_t io, int size);
grub_file_t grub_buffile_open (const char *name, int size);
grub_file_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_bufio_open) (grub_file_t io, int size);
grub_file_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_buffile_open) (const char *name, int size);
#endif /* ! GRUB_BUFIO_H */

40
include/grub/font.h
View File

@ -81,36 +81,38 @@ int grub_font_load (const char *filename);
"Family Name Bold Italic 14", where Bold and Italic are optional.
If no font matches the name specified, the most recently loaded font
is returned as a fallback. */
grub_font_t grub_font_get (const char *font_name);
grub_font_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get) (const char *font_name);
const char *grub_font_get_name (grub_font_t font);
const char *EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_name) (grub_font_t font);
int grub_font_get_max_char_width (grub_font_t font);
int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_max_char_width) (grub_font_t font);
int grub_font_get_max_char_height (grub_font_t font);
int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_max_char_height) (grub_font_t font);
int grub_font_get_ascent (grub_font_t font);
int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_ascent) (grub_font_t font);
int grub_font_get_descent (grub_font_t font);
int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_descent) (grub_font_t font);
int grub_font_get_leading (grub_font_t font);
int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_leading) (grub_font_t font);
int grub_font_get_height (grub_font_t font);
int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_height) (grub_font_t font);
int grub_font_get_string_width (grub_font_t font, const char *str);
int EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_string_width) (grub_font_t font,
const char *str);
struct grub_font_glyph *grub_font_get_glyph (grub_font_t font,
grub_uint32_t code);
struct grub_font_glyph *EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_glyph) (grub_font_t font,
grub_uint32_t code);
struct grub_font_glyph *grub_font_get_glyph_with_fallback (grub_font_t font,
grub_uint32_t code);
struct grub_font_glyph *EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_get_glyph_with_fallback) (grub_font_t font,
grub_uint32_t code);
grub_err_t grub_font_draw_glyph (struct grub_font_glyph *glyph,
grub_video_color_t color,
int left_x, int baseline_y);
grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_draw_glyph) (struct grub_font_glyph *glyph,
grub_video_color_t color,
int left_x, int baseline_y);
grub_err_t grub_font_draw_string (const char *str, grub_font_t font,
grub_video_color_t color,
int left_x, int baseline_y);
grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_font_draw_string) (const char *str,
grub_font_t font,
grub_video_color_t color,
int left_x, int baseline_y);
#endif /* ! GRUB_FONT_HEADER */

14
include/grub/gfxterm.h
View File

@ -25,20 +25,20 @@
#include <grub/video.h>
grub_err_t
grub_gfxterm_set_window (struct grub_video_render_target *target,
int x, int y, int width, int height,
int double_repaint,
const char *font_name, int border_width);
EXPORT_FUNC (grub_gfxterm_set_window) (struct grub_video_render_target *target,
int x, int y, int width, int height,
int double_repaint,
const char *font_name, int border_width);
typedef void (*grub_gfxterm_repaint_callback_t)(int x, int y,
int width, int height);
void grub_gfxterm_set_repaint_callback (grub_gfxterm_repaint_callback_t func);
void grub_gfxterm_schedule_repaint (void);
void EXPORT_FUNC (grub_gfxterm_schedule_repaint) (void);
grub_err_t grub_gfxterm_fullscreen (void);
grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC (grub_gfxterm_fullscreen) (void);
extern void (*grub_gfxterm_decorator_hook) (void);
extern void (*EXPORT_VAR (grub_gfxterm_decorator_hook)) (void);
#endif /* ! GRUB_GFXTERM_HEADER */

6
include/grub/i18n.h
View File

@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
extern const char *(*EXPORT_VAR(grub_gettext)) (const char *s);
/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
#if ENABLE_NLS
#if (defined(ENABLE_NLS) && ENABLE_NLS)
# ifdef GRUB_UTIL
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ extern const char *(*EXPORT_VAR(grub_gettext)) (const char *s);
# endif /* GRUB_UTIL */
#else /* ! ENABLE_NLS */
#else /* ! (defined(ENABLE_NLS) && ENABLE_NLS) */
/* Disabled NLS.
The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ extern const char *(*EXPORT_VAR(grub_gettext)) (const char *s);
# define grub_gettext(str) ((const char *) (str))
# endif /* GRUB_UTIL */
#endif /* ENABLE_NLS */
#endif /* (defined(ENABLE_NLS) && ENABLE_NLS) */
#ifdef GRUB_UTIL
# define _(str) gettext(str)

22
include/grub/i386/multiboot.h
View File

@ -19,17 +19,23 @@
#ifndef GRUB_MULTIBOOT_CPU_HEADER
#define GRUB_MULTIBOOT_CPU_HEADER 1
/* The asm part of the multiboot loader. */
void grub_multiboot_real_boot (grub_addr_t entry,
struct multiboot_info *mbi)
__attribute__ ((noreturn));
void grub_multiboot2_real_boot (grub_addr_t entry,
struct multiboot_info *mbi)
__attribute__ ((noreturn));
extern grub_uint32_t grub_multiboot_payload_eip;
extern char *grub_multiboot_payload_orig;
extern grub_addr_t grub_multiboot_payload_dest;
extern grub_size_t grub_multiboot_payload_size;
#define MULTIBOOT_INITIAL_STATE { .eax = MULTIBOOT_BOOTLOADER_MAGIC, \
.ecx = 0, \
.edx = 0, \
/* Set esp to some random location in low memory to avoid breaking */ \
/* non-compliant kernels. */ \
.esp = 0x7ff00 \
}
#define MULTIBOOT_ENTRY_REGISTER eip
#define MULTIBOOT_MBI_REGISTER ebx
#define MULTIBOOT_ARCHITECTURE_CURRENT MULTIBOOT_ARCHITECTURE_I386
#define MULTIBOOT_ELF32_MACHINE EM_386
#define MULTIBOOT_ELF64_MACHINE EM_X86_64
#endif /* ! GRUB_MULTIBOOT_CPU_HEADER */

2
include/grub/i386/pc/init.h
View File

@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ grub_uint32_t grub_get_eisa_mmap (void);
/* Get a memory map entry. Return next continuation value. Zero means
the end. */
grub_uint32_t EXPORT_FUNC(grub_get_mmap_entry) (struct grub_machine_mmap_entry *entry,
grub_uint32_t grub_get_mmap_entry (struct grub_machine_mmap_entry *entry,
grub_uint32_t cont);
/* Turn on/off Gate A20. */

2
include/grub/i386/pc/vbe.h
View File

@ -19,8 +19,6 @@
#ifndef GRUB_VBE_MACHINE_HEADER
#define GRUB_VBE_MACHINE_HEADER 1
#include <grub/video_fb.h>
/* Default video mode to be used. */
#define GRUB_VBE_DEFAULT_VIDEO_MODE 0x101

3
include/grub/i386/pc/vga.h
View File

@ -28,7 +28,4 @@
/* Set the video mode to MODE and return the previous mode. */
unsigned char EXPORT_FUNC(grub_vga_set_mode) (unsigned char mode);
/* Return a pointer to the ROM font table. */
unsigned char *EXPORT_FUNC(grub_vga_get_font) (void);
#endif /* ! GRUB_VGA_MACHINE_HEADER */

6
include/grub/ieee1275/ieee1275.h
View File

@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ int EXPORT_FUNC(grub_ieee1275_read) (grub_ieee1275_ihandle_t ihandle,
void *buffer, grub_size_t len,
grub_ssize_t *actualp);
int EXPORT_FUNC(grub_ieee1275_seek) (grub_ieee1275_ihandle_t ihandle,
int pos_hi, int pos_lo,
grub_disk_addr_t pos,
grub_ssize_t *result);
int EXPORT_FUNC(grub_ieee1275_peer) (grub_ieee1275_phandle_t node,
grub_ieee1275_phandle_t *result);
@ -173,6 +173,10 @@ grub_err_t EXPORT_FUNC(grub_machine_mmap_iterate)
(int NESTED_FUNC_ATTR (*hook) (grub_uint64_t, grub_uint64_t, grub_uint32_t));
int EXPORT_FUNC(grub_claimmap) (grub_addr_t addr, grub_size_t size);
int
EXPORT_FUNC(grub_ieee1275_map) (grub_addr_t phys, grub_addr_t virt,
grub_size_t size, grub_uint32_t mode);
char *EXPORT_FUNC(grub_ieee1275_encode_devname) (const char *path);
char *EXPORT_FUNC(grub_ieee1275_get_filename) (const char *path);

2
include/grub/kernel.h
View File

@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ extern grub_addr_t grub_arch_modules_addr (void);
extern void EXPORT_FUNC(grub_module_iterate) (int (*hook) (struct grub_module_header *));
grub_addr_t grub_modules_get_end (void);
/* The start point of the C code. */
void grub_main (void);

2
include/grub/list.h
View File

@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ grub_bad_type_cast_real (int line, const char *file)
return 0;
}
#define grub_bad_type_cast() grub_bad_type_cast_real(__LINE__, __FILE__)
#define grub_bad_type_cast() grub_bad_type_cast_real(__LINE__, GRUB_FILE)
#define GRUB_FIELD_MATCH(ptr, type, field) \
((char *) &(ptr)->field == (char *) &((type) (ptr))->field)

36
include/grub/mips/multiboot.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
/*
* GRUB -- GRand Unified Bootloader
* Copyright (C) 2002,2003,2004,2007,2008,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*
* GRUB is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GRUB is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with GRUB. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#ifndef GRUB_MULTIBOOT_CPU_HEADER
#define GRUB_MULTIBOOT_CPU_HEADER 1
extern grub_uint32_t grub_multiboot_payload_eip;
extern char *grub_multiboot_payload_orig;
extern grub_addr_t grub_multiboot_payload_dest;
extern grub_size_t grub_multiboot_payload_size;
#define MULTIBOOT_INITIAL_STATE { .gpr[4] = MULTIBOOT_BOOTLOADER_MAGIC, \
.jumpreg = 1 }
#define MULTIBOOT_ENTRY_REGISTER gpr[1]
#define MULTIBOOT_MBI_REGISTER gpr[5]
#define MULTIBOOT_ARCHITECTURE_CURRENT MULTIBOOT_ARCHITECTURE_MIPS32
#define MULTIBOOT_ELF32_MACHINE EM_MIPS
#define MULTIBOOT_ELF64_MACHINE EM_MIPS
#endif /* ! GRUB_MULTIBOOT_CPU_HEADER */

4
include/grub/misc.h
View File

@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
#define ARRAY_SIZE(array) (sizeof (array) / sizeof (array[0]))
#define COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(cond) switch (0) { case 1: case !(cond): ; }
#define grub_dprintf(condition, fmt, args...) grub_real_dprintf(__FILE__, __LINE__, condition, fmt, ## args)
#define grub_dprintf(condition, fmt, args...) grub_real_dprintf(GRUB_FILE, __LINE__, condition, fmt, ## args)
/* XXX: If grub_memmove is too slow, we must implement grub_memcpy. */
#define grub_memcpy(d,s,n) grub_memmove ((d), (s), (n))
@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ grub_size_t EXPORT_FUNC(grub_utf8_to_ucs4) (grub_uint32_t *dest,
grub_uint64_t EXPORT_FUNC(grub_divmod64) (grub_uint64_t n,
grub_uint32_t d, grub_uint32_t *r);
#ifdef NEED_ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK
#if defined(NEED_ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK) && !defined(GRUB_UTIL)
void EXPORT_FUNC(__enable_execute_stack) (void *addr);
#endif

10
include/grub/mm.h
View File

@ -44,19 +44,19 @@ void grub_mm_dump_free (void);
void grub_mm_dump (unsigned lineno);
#define grub_malloc(size) \
grub_debug_malloc (__FILE__, __LINE__, size)
grub_debug_malloc (GRUB_FILE, __LINE__, size)
#define grub_zalloc(size) \
grub_debug_zalloc (__FILE__, __LINE__, size)
grub_debug_zalloc (GRUB_FILE, __LINE__, size)
#define grub_realloc(ptr,size) \
grub_debug_realloc (__FILE__, __LINE__, ptr, size)
grub_debug_realloc (GRUB_FILE, __LINE__, ptr, size)
#define grub_memalign(align,size) \
grub_debug_memalign (__FILE__, __LINE__, align, size)
grub_debug_memalign (GRUB_FILE, __LINE__, align, size)
#define grub_free(ptr) \
grub_debug_free (__FILE__, __LINE__, ptr)
grub_debug_free (GRUB_FILE, __LINE__, ptr)
void *EXPORT_FUNC(grub_debug_malloc) (const char *file, int line,
grub_size_t size);

94
include/grub/msdos_partition.h
View File

@ -53,75 +53,6 @@
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_TYPE_GPT_DISK 0xee
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_TYPE_LINUX_RAID 0xfd
/* Constants for BSD disk label. */
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_LABEL_SECTOR 1
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_LABEL_MAGIC 0x82564557
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_MAX_ENTRIES 8
/* BSD partition types. */
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_UNUSED 0
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_SWAP 1
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_V6 2
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_V7 3
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_SYSV 4
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_V71K 5
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_V8 6
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_BSDFFS 7
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_MSDOS 8
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_BSDLFS 9
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_OTHER 10
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_HPFS 11
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_ISO9660 12
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_TYPE_BOOT 13
/* FreeBSD-specific types. */
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_FREEBSD_TYPE_VINUM 14
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_FREEBSD_TYPE_RAID 15
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_FREEBSD_TYPE_JFS2 21
/* NetBSD-specific types. */
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_ADOS 14
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_HFS 15
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_FILECORE 16
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_EXT2FS 17
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_NTFS 18
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_RAID 19
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_CCD 20
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_JFS2 21
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_NETBSD_TYPE_APPLEUFS 22
/* OpenBSD-specific types. */
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_ADOS 14
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_HFS 15
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_FILECORE 16
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_EXT2FS 17
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_NTFS 18
#define GRUB_PC_PARTITION_OPENBSD_TYPE_RAID 19
/* The BSD partition entry. */
struct grub_msdos_partition_bsd_entry
{
grub_uint32_t size;
grub_uint32_t offset;
grub_uint32_t fragment_size;
grub_uint8_t fs_type;
grub_uint8_t fs_fragments;
grub_uint16_t fs_cylinders;
} __attribute__ ((packed));
/* The BSD disk label. Only define members useful for GRUB. */
struct grub_msdos_partition_disk_label
{
grub_uint32_t magic;
grub_uint8_t padding[128];
grub_uint32_t magic2;
grub_uint16_t checksum;
grub_uint16_t num_partitions;
grub_uint32_t boot_size;
grub_uint32_t superblock_size;
struct grub_msdos_partition_bsd_entry entries[GRUB_PC_PARTITION_BSD_MAX_ENTRIES];
} __attribute__ ((packed));
/* The partition entry. */
struct grub_msdos_partition_entry
{
@ -168,23 +99,6 @@ struct grub_msdos_partition_mbr
} __attribute__ ((packed));
struct grub_msdos_partition
{
/* The DOS partition number. */
int dos_part;
/* The BSD partition number (a == 0). */
int bsd_part;
/* The DOS partition type. */
int dos_type;
/* The BSD partition type. */
int bsd_type;
/* The offset of the extended partition. */
unsigned long ext_offset;
};
static inline int
grub_msdos_partition_is_empty (int type)
@ -200,12 +114,4 @@ grub_msdos_partition_is_extended (int type)
|| type == GRUB_PC_PARTITION_TYPE_LINUX_EXTENDED);
}
static inline int
grub_msdos_partition_is_bsd (int type)
{
return (type == GRUB_PC_PARTITION_TYPE_FREEBSD
|| type == GRUB_PC_PARTITION_TYPE_OPENBSD
|| type == GRUB_PC_PARTITION_TYPE_NETBSD);
}
#endif /* ! GRUB_PC_PARTITION_HEADER */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More